1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 case tok::kw___auto_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // end anonymous namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return nullptr; 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return nullptr; 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return nullptr; 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return nullptr; 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 351 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return nullptr; 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return nullptr; 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return nullptr; 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return nullptr; 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = nullptr; 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = 597 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 598 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1180 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1181 /// 1182 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1183 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1184 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1185 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1186 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1187 /// attribute. 1188 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1189 ASTContext &Context) { 1190 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1191 return true; 1192 1193 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1197 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1198 } 1199 1200 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1201 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1202 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1203 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1204 // scope. 1205 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1206 S = S->getParent(); 1207 1208 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1209 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1210 // into any context. 1211 if (AddToContext) 1212 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1213 1214 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1215 // are function-local declarations. 1216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1217 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1218 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1219 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1220 return; 1221 1222 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1223 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1224 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1225 return; 1226 1227 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1228 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1229 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1230 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1231 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1232 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1233 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 1235 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1236 break; 1237 } 1238 } 1239 1240 S->AddDecl(D); 1241 1242 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1243 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1244 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1245 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1246 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1247 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1248 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1249 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1250 continue; 1251 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1252 break; 1253 } 1254 1255 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1256 } else { 1257 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1262 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1263 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1264 } 1265 1266 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1267 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1268 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1269 } 1270 1271 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1272 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1273 do { 1274 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1275 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1276 return S; 1277 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1278 1279 return nullptr; 1280 } 1281 1282 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1283 DeclContext*, 1284 ASTContext&); 1285 1286 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1287 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1288 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1289 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1290 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1291 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1292 while (F.hasNext()) { 1293 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1294 1295 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1296 continue; 1297 1298 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 F.erase(); 1302 } 1303 1304 F.done(); 1305 } 1306 1307 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1308 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1309 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1311 } 1312 1313 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1314 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1315 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1316 while (F.hasNext()) 1317 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1318 F.erase(); 1319 1320 F.done(); 1321 } 1322 1323 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1324 /// @code 1325 /// class S { 1326 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1327 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// }; 1329 /// @endcode 1330 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1331 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1332 // the decl here. 1333 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1334 return false; 1335 1336 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1337 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1338 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1339 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1340 return false; 1341 } 1342 1343 // We need this to handle 1344 // 1345 // typedef struct { 1346 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1347 // } A; 1348 // 1349 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1350 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1351 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1352 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1353 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1354 // not. 1355 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1356 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1357 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1358 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1359 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1360 return true; 1361 } 1362 DC = DC->getParent(); 1363 } 1364 1365 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1366 } 1367 1368 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1369 // these semantics. 1370 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1371 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1372 return false; 1373 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1374 } 1375 1376 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1377 assert(D); 1378 1379 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1380 return false; 1381 1382 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1383 // of members of class templates. 1384 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1385 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1386 return false; 1387 1388 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1389 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1393 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1394 return false; 1395 } else { 1396 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1397 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1398 return false; 1399 } 1400 1401 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1402 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1403 return false; 1404 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1405 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1406 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1407 // like "inline".) 1408 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1409 return false; 1410 1411 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1415 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1416 return false; 1417 } else { 1418 return false; 1419 } 1420 1421 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1422 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1423 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1424 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1425 } 1426 1427 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1428 if (!D) 1429 return; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1433 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1434 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1435 } 1436 1437 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1438 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1439 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1440 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1441 } 1442 1443 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1444 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1445 } 1446 1447 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1448 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1449 return false; 1450 1451 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1452 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1453 return false; 1454 1455 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1456 return true; 1457 1458 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1459 // functions. 1460 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1461 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1462 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1463 WithinFunction = 1464 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1465 if (!WithinFunction) 1466 return false; 1467 1468 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1469 return true; 1470 1471 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1472 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1473 return false; 1474 1475 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1476 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1477 1478 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1479 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1480 1481 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1482 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1483 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1484 return false; 1485 } 1486 1487 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1488 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1489 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1493 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1494 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1498 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1502 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1503 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1504 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1505 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1506 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1507 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1508 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1509 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1510 return false; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 1516 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1517 } 1518 1519 return true; 1520 } 1521 1522 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1523 FixItHint &Hint) { 1524 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1525 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1526 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1527 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1528 return; 1529 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1530 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1531 } 1532 } 1533 1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1535 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1536 return; 1537 1538 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1539 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1540 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1541 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1543 } 1544 } 1545 1546 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1547 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1548 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1549 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1550 return; 1551 1552 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1553 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1554 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1555 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1556 return; 1557 } 1558 1559 FixItHint Hint; 1560 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1561 1562 unsigned DiagID; 1563 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1564 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1565 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1567 else 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1569 1570 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1574 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1575 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1576 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1577 // MS inline assembly label name. 1578 bool Diagnose = false; 1579 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1580 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1581 else 1582 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1583 if (Diagnose) 1584 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1585 } 1586 1587 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1588 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1589 1590 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1591 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1592 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1593 1594 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1595 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1596 1597 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1598 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1599 1600 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1601 1602 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1603 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1604 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1605 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1606 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1607 } 1608 1609 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1610 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1612 1613 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1614 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1615 } 1616 } 1617 1618 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1619 /// 1620 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1621 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1622 /// to the fixed name. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1627 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1628 /// 1629 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1630 /// class could not be found. 1631 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1632 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1633 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1634 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1635 // creation from this context. 1636 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1637 1638 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1639 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1640 // find an Objective-C class name. 1641 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1642 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1643 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1644 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1645 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1646 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1647 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1651 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1652 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1653 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1654 return Def; 1655 } 1656 1657 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1658 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1659 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1660 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1661 /// ill-formed in C++: 1662 /// @code 1663 /// struct S6 { 1664 /// enum { BAR } e; 1665 /// }; 1666 /// 1667 /// void test_S6() { 1668 /// struct S6 a; 1669 /// a.e = BAR; 1670 /// } 1671 /// @endcode 1672 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1673 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1674 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1675 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1676 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1677 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1678 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1679 /// contain non-field names. 1680 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1681 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1682 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1683 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1684 S = S->getParent(); 1685 return S; 1686 } 1687 1688 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1689 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1690 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1691 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1692 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1693 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1694 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1695 return; 1696 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1697 1698 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1699 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1700 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1701 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1702 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1703 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1704 } 1705 1706 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1707 switch (Error) { 1708 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1709 return ""; 1710 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1711 return "stdio.h"; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1713 return "setjmp.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1715 return "ucontext.h"; 1716 } 1717 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1718 } 1719 1720 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1721 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1722 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1723 /// built-in. 1724 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1725 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1726 SourceLocation Loc) { 1727 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1728 1729 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1730 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1731 if (Error) { 1732 if (ForRedeclaration) 1733 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1734 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1735 return nullptr; 1736 } 1737 1738 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1739 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1740 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1741 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1742 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1745 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1746 } 1747 1748 if (R.isNull()) 1749 return nullptr; 1750 1751 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1753 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1754 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1756 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1757 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1758 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1759 } 1760 1761 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1762 Parent, 1763 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1764 SC_Extern, 1765 false, 1766 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1767 New->setImplicit(); 1768 1769 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1770 // FunctionDecl. 1771 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1772 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1774 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1775 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1776 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1777 SC_None, nullptr); 1778 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1779 Params.push_back(parm); 1780 } 1781 New->setParams(Params); 1782 } 1783 1784 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1785 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1786 1787 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1788 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1789 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1790 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1791 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1792 CurContext = Parent; 1793 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1794 CurContext = SavedContext; 1795 return New; 1796 } 1797 1798 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1799 /// entity if their types are the same. 1800 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1801 /// isSameEntity. 1802 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1803 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1804 LookupResult &Previous) { 1805 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1806 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1807 return; 1808 1809 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1810 if (Previous.empty()) 1811 return; 1812 1813 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1814 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1815 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1816 1817 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1818 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1819 continue; 1820 1821 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1822 // different linkages. 1823 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1824 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1825 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1826 continue; 1827 1828 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1829 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1830 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1831 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 Filter.erase(); 1837 } 1838 1839 Filter.done(); 1840 } 1841 1842 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1843 QualType OldType; 1844 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1845 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1846 else 1847 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1848 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1849 1850 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1851 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1852 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1854 << Kind << NewType; 1855 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1856 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 1861 if (OldType != NewType && 1862 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1863 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1864 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1865 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1867 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1868 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1869 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1870 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1871 return true; 1872 } 1873 return false; 1874 } 1875 1876 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1877 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1878 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1879 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1880 /// 1881 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1882 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 1964 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1965 // out of the scope. 1966 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1967 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1968 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1969 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1970 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1971 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1972 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1974 } 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 1979 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1980 // with any extensions enabled. 1981 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1982 return; 1983 1984 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1985 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1986 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1987 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1988 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1989 } 1990 1991 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1992 return; 1993 1994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1995 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1996 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1997 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1998 // to the type to which it already refers. 1999 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2003 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2004 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2005 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2006 // 2007 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2008 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2009 // 2010 // struct S { 2011 // typedef struct A { } A; 2012 // }; 2013 // 2014 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2015 // allow the above but disallow 2016 // 2017 // struct S { 2018 // typedef int I; 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // }; 2021 // 2022 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2023 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2024 return; 2025 2026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2027 << New->getDeclName(); 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2029 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2030 } 2031 2032 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2033 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2034 return; 2035 2036 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2037 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2038 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2039 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2040 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2041 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2042 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2043 return; 2044 2045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2046 << New->getDeclName(); 2047 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 } 2049 2050 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2051 /// attribute. 2052 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2053 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2054 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2055 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2056 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2057 if (Ann) { 2058 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2059 return true; 2060 continue; 2061 } 2062 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2063 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2064 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2065 return true; 2066 } 2067 2068 return false; 2069 } 2070 2071 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2072 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2073 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2074 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2075 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2076 return true; 2077 } 2078 2079 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2080 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2081 /// 2082 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2083 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2084 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2085 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2086 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2087 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2088 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2089 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2090 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2091 // in a case like: 2092 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2094 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2095 // definition in such a case. 2096 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2097 return false; 2098 2099 if (I->isAlignas()) 2100 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2101 2102 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2103 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2104 OldAlign = Align; 2105 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2106 } 2107 } 2108 2109 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2110 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2111 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2112 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2113 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2114 return false; 2115 2116 if (I->isAlignas()) 2117 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2118 2119 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2120 if (Align > NewAlign) 2121 NewAlign = Align; 2122 } 2123 2124 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2125 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2126 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2127 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2128 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2129 2130 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2131 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2132 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2133 QualType Ty; 2134 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2135 Ty = VD->getType(); 2136 else 2137 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2138 2139 if (OldAlign == 0) 2140 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2141 if (NewAlign == 0) 2142 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2143 } 2144 2145 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2146 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2147 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2149 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2150 } 2151 } 2152 2153 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2154 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2155 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2156 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2157 // equivalent alignment. 2158 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2159 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2160 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2161 // have no alignment specifier. 2162 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2163 << OldAlignasAttr; 2164 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2165 << OldAlignasAttr; 2166 } 2167 2168 bool AnyAdded = false; 2169 2170 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2171 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2172 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2173 Clone->setInherited(true); 2174 New->addAttr(Clone); 2175 AnyAdded = true; 2176 } 2177 2178 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2179 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2180 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2181 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2182 Clone->setInherited(true); 2183 New->addAttr(Clone); 2184 AnyAdded = true; 2185 } 2186 2187 return AnyAdded; 2188 } 2189 2190 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2191 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2192 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2193 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2194 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2195 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2196 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2197 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2198 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2199 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2200 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2257 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2258 return true; 2259 } 2260 2261 return false; 2262 } 2263 2264 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2265 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2266 return TD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2268 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2269 if (Def) 2270 return Def; 2271 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2272 } 2273 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2274 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2275 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2276 return Def; 2277 } 2278 return nullptr; 2279 } 2280 2281 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2282 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2283 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2284 return true; 2285 return false; 2286 } 2287 2288 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2289 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2290 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2291 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2292 return; 2293 2294 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2295 if (!Def || Def == New) 2296 return; 2297 2298 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2299 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2300 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2301 2302 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2303 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2304 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2305 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2306 2307 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2308 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2309 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2310 --E; 2311 continue; 2312 } 2313 } else { 2314 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2315 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2316 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2317 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2318 : diag::err_redefinition; 2319 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2320 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2321 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2322 } 2323 ++I; 2324 continue; 2325 } 2326 2327 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2328 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2329 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2330 ++I; 2331 continue; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2336 ++I; 2337 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2338 } 2339 2340 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2341 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2342 ++I; 2343 continue; 2344 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2345 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2346 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2347 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2348 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2349 // equivalent alignment. 2350 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2351 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2352 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2353 // have no alignment specifier. 2354 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2355 << AA; 2356 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2357 << AA; 2358 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2359 --E; 2360 continue; 2361 } 2362 } 2363 2364 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2365 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2366 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2367 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2368 --E; 2369 } 2370 } 2371 2372 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2373 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2374 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2375 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2376 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2377 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2378 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2379 } 2380 2381 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2382 return; 2383 2384 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2385 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2386 2387 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2388 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2389 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2390 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2392 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 } 2394 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2395 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2396 // already been ODR-used. 2397 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2398 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2399 } 2400 } 2401 2402 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2403 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2404 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2405 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2406 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2407 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2408 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2409 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2410 << NewTag; 2411 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 } 2413 } 2414 } else { 2415 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2416 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2417 } 2418 } 2419 2420 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2421 return; 2422 2423 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2424 2425 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2426 // we process them. 2427 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2428 2429 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2430 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2431 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2432 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2433 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2434 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2435 switch (AMK) { 2436 case AMK_None: 2437 continue; 2438 2439 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2440 case AMK_Override: 2441 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2442 LocalAMK = AMK; 2443 break; 2444 } 2445 } 2446 2447 // Already handled. 2448 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2449 continue; 2450 2451 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2452 foundAny = true; 2453 } 2454 2455 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2456 foundAny = true; 2457 2458 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2459 } 2460 2461 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2462 /// to the new one. 2463 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2464 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2465 Sema &S) { 2466 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2467 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2468 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2469 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2470 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2471 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2472 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2473 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2474 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2475 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2476 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2477 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2478 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2479 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2480 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2481 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2482 } 2483 2484 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2485 return; 2486 2487 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2488 2489 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2490 // done before we process them. 2491 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2492 2493 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2494 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2495 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2496 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2497 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2498 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2499 foundAny = true; 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2504 } 2505 2506 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2507 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2508 Sema &S) { 2509 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2510 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2511 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2512 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2513 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2514 *Newnullability, 2515 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2516 != 0)) 2517 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2518 *Oldnullability, 2519 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2520 != 0)); 2521 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2522 } 2523 } else { 2524 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2525 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2526 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2527 NewT, NewT); 2528 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2529 } 2530 } 2531 } 2532 2533 namespace { 2534 2535 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2536 /// C. 2537 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2538 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2539 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2540 QualType PromotedType; 2541 }; 2542 2543 } // end anonymous namespace 2544 2545 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2546 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2547 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2548 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2549 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2550 2551 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2552 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2553 2554 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2555 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2556 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2557 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2558 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2559 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2560 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2561 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2562 } 2563 2564 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2565 } 2566 2567 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2568 // declaration, or a declaration. 2569 template <typename T> 2570 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2571 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2572 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2573 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2574 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2576 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2577 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2578 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2579 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2580 } else 2581 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2582 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2583 } 2584 2585 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2586 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2587 /// GNU89 mode. 2588 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2589 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2590 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2591 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2592 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2593 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2594 } 2595 2596 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2597 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2598 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2599 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2600 return AT; 2601 } 2602 2603 template <typename T> 2604 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2605 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2606 if (DC->isRecord()) 2607 return false; 2608 2609 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2610 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2611 return true; 2612 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2613 return true; 2614 return false; 2615 } 2616 2617 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2618 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2619 2620 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2621 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2622 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2623 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2624 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2625 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2626 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2627 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2628 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2629 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2630 // and function templates; or 2631 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2632 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2633 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2634 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2635 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2636 2637 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2638 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2639 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2640 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2641 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2642 2643 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2644 if (Old && 2645 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2646 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2647 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2648 Old = nullptr; 2649 2650 if (!Old) { 2651 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2652 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2653 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2654 return true; 2655 } 2656 return false; 2657 } 2658 2659 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2660 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2661 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2662 2663 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2664 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2665 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2666 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2667 return true; 2668 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2669 }; 2670 2671 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2672 } 2673 2674 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2675 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2676 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2677 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2678 /// 2679 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2680 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2681 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2682 /// merged with. 2683 /// 2684 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2685 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2686 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2687 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2688 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2689 if (!Old) { 2690 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2691 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2693 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2694 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2695 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2696 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2697 return true; 2698 } 2699 2700 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2701 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2702 return true; 2703 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2704 } else { 2705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2706 << New->getDeclName(); 2707 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 } 2711 2712 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2713 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2714 return true; 2715 2716 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2717 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2718 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2719 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2720 2721 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2722 // is an extern inline function. 2723 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2724 // storage classes. 2725 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2726 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2727 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2728 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2729 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2730 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2731 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2732 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2733 } else { 2734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2735 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2736 return true; 2737 } 2738 } 2739 2740 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2741 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2743 << New->getDeclName(); 2744 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2745 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2746 } 2747 2748 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2749 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2750 // convention of the first. 2751 // 2752 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2753 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2754 // 2755 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2756 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2757 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2758 // 2759 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2760 // other tests to run. 2761 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2762 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2763 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2764 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2765 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2766 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2767 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2768 2769 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2770 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2771 const FunctionType *FT = 2772 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2773 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2774 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2775 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2776 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2777 // there but not here. 2778 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2779 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2780 } else { 2781 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2782 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2783 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2784 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2785 << !FirstCCExplicit 2786 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2787 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2788 2789 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2790 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2791 return true; 2792 } 2793 } 2794 2795 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2796 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2797 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2798 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2799 } 2800 2801 // Merge regparm attribute. 2802 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2803 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2804 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2806 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2807 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2808 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2809 return true; 2810 } 2811 2812 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2813 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2814 } 2815 2816 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2817 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2818 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2819 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2820 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2821 return true; 2822 } 2823 2824 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2825 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2826 } 2827 2828 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2829 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2830 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2831 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2832 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2833 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2834 } 2835 2836 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2837 // UndefinedButUsed. 2838 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2839 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2840 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2841 Old->isUsed(false) && 2842 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2843 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2844 SourceLocation())); 2845 2846 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2847 // about it. 2848 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2849 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2850 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2851 } 2852 2853 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2854 // redeclaration. 2855 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2856 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2858 << New->getDeclName(); 2859 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2860 return true; 2861 } 2862 2863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2864 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2865 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2866 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2867 // cannot be overloaded. 2868 2869 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2870 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2871 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2872 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2873 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2874 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2875 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2876 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2877 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2878 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2879 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2880 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2881 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2882 QualType ResQT; 2883 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2884 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2885 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2886 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2887 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2888 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2889 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2890 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2892 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2893 else 2894 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2895 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2896 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2897 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 else 2901 NewQType = ResQT; 2902 } 2903 2904 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2905 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2906 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2907 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2908 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2909 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2910 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2911 New->setType( 2912 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2913 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2914 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2915 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2916 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2917 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2918 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2919 } 2920 } 2921 2922 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2923 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2924 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2925 // Preserve triviality. 2926 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2927 2928 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2929 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2930 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2931 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2932 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2933 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2934 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2935 2936 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2937 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2938 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2939 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2940 // is a static member function declaration. 2941 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2943 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2944 return true; 2945 } 2946 2947 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2948 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2949 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2950 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2951 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2952 unsigned NewDiag; 2953 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2954 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2955 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2956 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2957 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2958 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2959 else 2960 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2961 2962 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2963 } else { 2964 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2965 << New << New->getType(); 2966 } 2967 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2968 return true; 2969 2970 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2971 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2972 // 2973 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2974 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2975 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2976 if (isFriend) { 2977 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2978 } else { 2979 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2980 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2981 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2982 return true; 2983 } 2984 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2985 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2986 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2987 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2988 return true; 2989 } 2990 } 2991 2992 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2993 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2994 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2995 // attribute. 2996 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2997 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2998 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2999 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3000 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3001 } 3002 3003 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3004 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3005 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3006 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3007 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3008 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3009 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3010 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3011 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3012 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3013 } 3014 3015 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3016 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3017 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3018 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3019 3020 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3021 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3022 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3023 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3024 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3025 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3026 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3027 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3028 } 3029 3030 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3031 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3032 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3033 // 3034 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3035 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3036 // linkage within class scope. 3037 // 3038 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3039 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3041 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3042 } else { 3043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3044 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3045 return true; 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3050 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3051 3052 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3053 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3054 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3055 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3056 // when we instantiate the function. 3057 return false; 3058 } 3059 3060 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3061 } 3062 3063 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3064 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3065 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3066 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3067 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3068 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3069 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3070 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3071 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3072 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3073 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3074 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3075 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3076 NewQType = 3077 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3078 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3079 New->setType(NewQType); 3080 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3081 3082 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3083 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3084 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3085 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3086 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3087 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3088 SC_None, nullptr); 3089 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3090 Param->setImplicit(); 3091 Params.push_back(Param); 3092 } 3093 3094 New->setParams(Params); 3095 } 3096 3097 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3098 } 3099 3100 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3101 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3102 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3103 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3104 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3105 // the prototype. 3106 // 3107 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3108 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3109 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3110 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3111 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3112 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3113 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3114 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3115 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3116 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3117 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3118 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3119 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3120 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3121 3122 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3123 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3124 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3125 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3126 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3127 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3128 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3129 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3130 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3131 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3132 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3133 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3134 NewParm->getType(), 3135 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3136 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3137 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3138 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3139 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3140 } else 3141 LooseCompatible = false; 3142 } 3143 3144 if (LooseCompatible) { 3145 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3146 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3147 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3148 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3149 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3150 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3151 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3152 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3153 } 3154 3155 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3156 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3157 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3158 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3159 } 3160 3161 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3162 } 3163 3164 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3165 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3166 3167 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3168 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3169 unsigned BuiltinID; 3170 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3171 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3172 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3173 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3175 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3176 << Old << Old->getType(); 3177 3178 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3179 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3180 // 3181 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3182 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3183 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3184 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3185 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3186 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3187 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3188 3189 return false; 3190 } 3191 3192 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3193 } 3194 3195 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3196 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3197 return true; 3198 } 3199 3200 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3201 /// known to be compatible. 3202 /// 3203 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3204 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3205 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3206 /// redeclaration of Old. 3207 /// 3208 /// \returns false 3209 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3210 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3211 // Merge the attributes 3212 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3213 3214 // Merge "pure" flag. 3215 if (Old->isPure()) 3216 New->setPure(); 3217 3218 // Merge "used" flag. 3219 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3220 New->setIsUsed(); 3221 3222 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3223 // declarations. 3224 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3225 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3226 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3227 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3228 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3229 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3230 } 3231 3232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3233 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3234 3235 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3236 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3237 // was visible. 3238 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3239 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3240 New->setType(Merged); 3241 3242 return false; 3243 } 3244 3245 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3246 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3247 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3248 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3249 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3250 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3251 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3252 : AMK_Override; 3253 3254 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3255 3256 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3257 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3258 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3259 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3260 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3261 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3262 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3263 3264 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3265 } 3266 3267 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3268 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3269 3270 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3271 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3272 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3273 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3274 3275 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3276 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3277 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3278 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3279 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3280 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3281 } 3282 3283 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3284 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3285 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3286 /// 3287 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3288 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3289 /// is attached. 3290 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3291 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3292 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3293 return; 3294 3295 QualType MergedT; 3296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3297 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3298 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3299 return; 3300 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3301 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3302 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3303 } 3304 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3305 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3306 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3307 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3308 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3309 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3310 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3311 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3312 3313 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3314 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3315 // mismatch. 3316 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3317 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3318 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3319 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3320 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3321 continue; 3322 3323 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3324 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3325 } 3326 } 3327 3328 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3329 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3330 NewArray->getElementType())) 3331 MergedT = New->getType(); 3332 } 3333 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3334 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3335 // visible. 3336 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3337 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3338 NewArray->getElementType())) 3339 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3340 } 3341 } 3342 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3343 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3344 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3345 Old->getType()); 3346 } 3347 } else { 3348 // C 6.2.7p2: 3349 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3350 // compatible type. 3351 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3352 } 3353 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3354 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3355 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3356 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3357 // equivalent. 3358 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3359 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3360 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3361 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3362 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3363 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3364 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3365 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3366 return; 3367 } 3368 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3369 } 3370 3371 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3372 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3373 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3374 New->setType(MergedT); 3375 } 3376 3377 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3378 LookupResult &Previous) { 3379 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3380 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3381 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3382 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3383 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3384 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3385 // 3386 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3387 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3388 return false; 3389 3390 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3391 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3392 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3393 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3394 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3395 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3396 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3397 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3398 } else { 3399 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3400 // type unless we're in the same function. 3401 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3402 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3403 } 3404 } 3405 3406 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3407 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3408 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3409 /// 3410 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3411 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3412 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3413 /// 3414 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3415 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3416 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3417 return; 3418 3419 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3420 return; 3421 3422 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3423 3424 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3425 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3426 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3427 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3428 if (NewTemplate) { 3429 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3430 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3431 3432 if (auto *Shadow = 3433 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3434 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3435 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3436 } else { 3437 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3438 3439 if (auto *Shadow = 3440 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3441 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3442 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 if (!Old) { 3446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3447 << New->getDeclName(); 3448 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3449 diag::note_previous_definition); 3450 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3451 } 3452 3453 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3454 if (NewTemplate && 3455 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3456 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3457 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3458 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3459 3460 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3461 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3462 // 3463 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3464 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3466 << New->getIdentifier(); 3467 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3468 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3469 } 3470 3471 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3472 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3473 // declaration 3474 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3475 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3476 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3478 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3479 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3480 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3481 } 3482 3483 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3484 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3486 << New->getDeclName(); 3487 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3488 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3489 } 3490 3491 // Merge the types. 3492 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3493 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3494 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3495 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3496 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3497 return; 3498 } 3499 3500 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3501 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3502 return; 3503 3504 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3505 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3506 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3507 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3508 3509 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3510 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3511 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3512 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3513 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3514 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3515 << New->getDeclName(); 3516 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3517 } else { 3518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3519 << New->getDeclName(); 3520 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } 3523 } 3524 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3525 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3526 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3527 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3528 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3529 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3530 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3531 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3532 // identifier has external linkage. 3533 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3534 /* Okay */; 3535 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3536 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3537 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3539 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 } 3542 3543 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3544 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3545 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3547 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3549 } 3550 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3551 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3552 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3553 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3554 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 3557 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3558 3559 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3560 // need to check for mismatches. 3561 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3562 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3563 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3564 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3566 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3567 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3568 } 3569 3570 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3571 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3573 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3574 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3576 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3577 } else { 3578 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3579 // static and dynamic initialization. 3580 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3581 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3583 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3584 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3585 } 3586 } 3587 3588 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3589 VarDecl *Def; 3590 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3591 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3592 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3593 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3594 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3595 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3596 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3597 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3598 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3599 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3600 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3601 } else { 3602 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3603 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3604 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3605 return; 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3610 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3611 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3612 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3613 return; 3614 } 3615 3616 // Merge "used" flag. 3617 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3618 New->setIsUsed(); 3619 3620 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3621 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3622 if (NewTemplate) 3623 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3624 3625 // Inherit access appropriately. 3626 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3627 if (NewTemplate) 3628 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3629 } 3630 3631 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3632 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3633 Decl * 3634 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3635 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3636 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3637 AnonRecord); 3638 } 3639 3640 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3641 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3642 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3643 // compatibility. 3644 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3645 // targeted. 3646 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3647 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3648 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3649 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3650 } 3651 3652 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3653 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3654 return; 3655 3656 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3657 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3658 // it is anonymous. 3659 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3660 return; 3661 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3662 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3663 Context.setManglingNumber( 3664 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3665 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3666 return; 3667 } 3668 3669 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3670 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3671 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3672 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3673 Context.setManglingNumber( 3674 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3675 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3676 } 3677 } 3678 3679 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3680 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3681 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3682 return; 3683 3684 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3685 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3686 return; 3687 3688 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3689 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3690 3691 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3692 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3693 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3694 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3695 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3696 return; 3697 } 3698 3699 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3700 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3701 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3702 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3703 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3704 // for how to handle it. 3705 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3706 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3707 3708 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3709 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3710 3711 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3712 textToInsert += ' '; 3713 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3714 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3715 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3716 return; 3717 } 3718 3719 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3720 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3721 } 3722 3723 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3724 switch (T) { 3725 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3726 return 0; 3727 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3728 return 1; 3729 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3730 return 2; 3731 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3732 return 3; 3733 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3734 return 4; 3735 default: 3736 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3737 } 3738 } 3739 3740 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3741 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3742 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3743 Decl * 3744 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3745 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3746 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3747 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3748 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3749 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3750 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3751 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3752 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3753 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3754 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3755 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3756 3757 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3758 return nullptr; 3759 3760 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3761 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3762 // it's a Type. 3763 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3764 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3765 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3766 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3767 } 3768 3769 if (Tag) { 3770 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3771 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3772 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3773 return Tag; 3774 } 3775 3776 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3777 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3778 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3779 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3780 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3781 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3782 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3783 } 3784 3785 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3786 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3787 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3788 if (Tag) 3789 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3790 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3791 else 3792 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3793 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3794 return TagD; 3795 } 3796 3797 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3798 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3799 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3800 // its initializer. 3801 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3802 return TagD; 3803 } 3804 3805 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3806 3807 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3808 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3809 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3810 if (TagD && !Tag) 3811 return nullptr; 3812 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3813 } 3814 3815 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3816 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3817 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3818 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3819 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3820 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3821 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3822 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3823 // or an explicit specialization. 3824 // 3825 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3826 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3827 // 3828 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3829 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3830 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3831 return nullptr; 3832 } 3833 3834 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3835 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3836 3837 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3838 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3839 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3840 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3842 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3843 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3844 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3845 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3846 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3847 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3848 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3849 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3850 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3851 AnonRecord = Record; 3852 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3853 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3854 } 3855 3856 DeclaresAnything = false; 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3861 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3862 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3863 // 3864 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3865 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3867 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3868 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3869 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3870 // struct STRUCT; 3871 // union UNION; 3872 // and 3873 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3874 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3875 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3876 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3877 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3878 if (Tag) 3879 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3880 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3881 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3882 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3883 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3884 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3885 3886 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3887 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3888 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3889 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3890 } 3891 3892 DeclaresAnything = false; 3893 } 3894 } 3895 3896 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3897 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3898 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3899 return TagD; 3900 3901 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3902 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3903 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3904 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3905 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3906 DeclaresAnything = false; 3907 3908 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3909 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3910 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3911 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3912 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3913 else 3914 DeclaresAnything = false; 3915 } 3916 3917 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3918 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3919 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3920 << Tag->getTagKind() 3921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3922 3923 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3924 3925 // C 6.7/2: 3926 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3927 // or the members of an enumeration. 3928 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3929 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3930 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3931 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3932 // previous declaration. 3933 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3934 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3935 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3936 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3937 return TagD; 3938 } 3939 3940 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3941 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3942 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3943 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3944 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3945 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3946 // 3947 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3948 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3950 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3951 3952 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3953 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3954 // useless. 3955 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3956 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3957 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3958 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3959 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3960 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3961 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3962 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3963 } 3964 3965 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3966 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3967 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3968 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3969 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3970 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3971 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3972 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3973 // Restrict is covered above. 3974 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3975 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3976 } 3977 3978 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3979 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3980 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3981 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3982 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3983 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3984 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3985 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3986 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3987 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3988 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3989 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3990 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3991 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3992 } 3993 } 3994 3995 return TagD; 3996 } 3997 3998 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3999 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4000 /// 4001 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4002 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4003 Scope *S, 4004 DeclContext *Owner, 4005 DeclarationName Name, 4006 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4007 bool IsUnion) { 4008 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4009 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4010 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4011 4012 // Pick a representative declaration. 4013 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4014 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4015 4016 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4017 return false; 4018 4019 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4020 << IsUnion << Name; 4021 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4022 4023 return true; 4024 } 4025 4026 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4027 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4028 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4029 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4030 /// struct, e.g., 4031 /// 4032 /// @code 4033 /// union { 4034 /// int i; 4035 /// float f; 4036 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4037 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4038 /// @endcode 4039 /// 4040 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4041 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4042 static bool 4043 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4044 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4045 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4046 bool Invalid = false; 4047 4048 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4049 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4050 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4051 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4052 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4053 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4054 VD->getLocation(), 4055 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4056 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4057 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4058 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4059 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4060 Invalid = true; 4061 } else { 4062 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4063 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4064 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4065 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4066 // anonymous union is declared. 4067 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4068 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4069 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4070 else 4071 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4072 4073 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4074 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4075 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4076 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4077 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4078 4079 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4080 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4081 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4082 4083 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4084 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4085 4086 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4087 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4088 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4089 4090 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4091 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4092 4093 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4094 } 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 return Invalid; 4099 } 4100 4101 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4102 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4103 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4104 static StorageClass 4105 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4106 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4107 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4108 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4109 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4110 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4111 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4112 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4113 return SC_None; 4114 return SC_Extern; 4115 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4116 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4117 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4118 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4119 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4120 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4121 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4122 } 4123 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4124 } 4125 4126 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4127 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4128 4129 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4130 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4131 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4132 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4133 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4134 return FD->getLocation(); 4135 } 4136 4137 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4138 } 4139 4140 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4141 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4142 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4143 return; 4144 4145 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4146 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4147 } 4148 4149 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4150 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4151 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4152 return; 4153 4154 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4155 } 4156 4157 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4158 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4159 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4160 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4161 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4162 AccessSpecifier AS, 4163 RecordDecl *Record, 4164 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4165 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4166 4167 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4168 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4169 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4170 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4171 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4172 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4173 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4174 4175 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4176 // structs/unions. 4177 bool Invalid = false; 4178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4179 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4180 unsigned DiagID; 4181 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4182 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4183 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4184 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4185 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4186 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4187 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4188 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4189 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4190 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4191 4192 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4193 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4194 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4195 } 4196 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4197 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4198 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4199 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4200 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4201 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4202 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4203 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4204 4205 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4206 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4207 SourceLocation(), 4208 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4209 } 4210 } 4211 4212 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4213 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4214 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4215 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4216 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4218 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4219 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4220 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4221 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4222 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4223 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4224 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4225 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4226 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4227 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4228 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4229 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4230 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4231 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4232 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4233 4234 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4235 } 4236 4237 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4238 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4239 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4240 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4241 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4242 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4243 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4244 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4245 // members (clause 11). 4246 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4247 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4249 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4250 Invalid = true; 4251 } 4252 4253 // C++ [class.union]p1 4254 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4255 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4256 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4257 // array of such objects. 4258 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4259 Invalid = true; 4260 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4261 // Any implicit members are fine. 4262 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4263 // This is a type that showed up in an 4264 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4265 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4266 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4267 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4268 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4269 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4270 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4271 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4272 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4273 << Record->isUnion(); 4274 else { 4275 // This is a nested type declaration. 4276 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4277 << Record->isUnion(); 4278 Invalid = true; 4279 } 4280 } else { 4281 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4282 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4283 // not part of standard C++. 4284 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4285 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4286 << Record->isUnion(); 4287 } 4288 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4289 // Any access specifier is fine. 4290 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4291 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4292 } else { 4293 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4294 // member. Complain about it. 4295 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4296 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4297 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4298 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4299 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4300 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4301 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4302 4303 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4304 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4305 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4306 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4307 << Record->isUnion(); 4308 else { 4309 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4310 Invalid = true; 4311 } 4312 } 4313 } 4314 4315 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4316 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4317 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4318 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4319 Owner->isRecord()) 4320 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4321 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4322 } 4323 4324 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4325 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4326 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4327 Invalid = true; 4328 } 4329 4330 // Mock up a declarator. 4331 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4332 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4333 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4334 4335 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4336 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4337 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4338 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4339 DS.getLocStart(), 4340 Record->getLocation(), 4341 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4342 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4343 TInfo, 4344 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4345 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4346 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4348 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4349 } else { 4350 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4351 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4352 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4353 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4354 // an error here 4355 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4356 Invalid = true; 4357 SC = SC_None; 4358 } 4359 4360 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4361 DS.getLocStart(), 4362 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4363 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4364 TInfo, SC); 4365 4366 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4367 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4368 // initializer: 4369 // union { int n = 0; }; 4370 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4371 } 4372 Anon->setImplicit(); 4373 4374 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4375 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4376 4377 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4378 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4379 // its members. 4380 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4381 4382 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4383 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4384 // purposes. 4385 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4386 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4387 4388 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4389 Invalid = true; 4390 4391 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4392 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4393 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4394 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4395 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4396 Context.setManglingNumber( 4397 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4398 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4399 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4400 } 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 if (Invalid) 4405 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4406 4407 return Anon; 4408 } 4409 4410 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4411 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4412 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4413 /// Example: 4414 /// 4415 /// struct A { int a; }; 4416 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4417 /// 4418 /// void foo() { 4419 /// B var; 4420 /// var.a = 3; 4421 /// } 4422 /// 4423 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4424 RecordDecl *Record) { 4425 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4426 4427 // Mock up a declarator. 4428 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4429 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4430 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4431 4432 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4433 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4434 4435 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4436 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4437 ParentDecl, 4438 DS.getLocStart(), 4439 DS.getLocStart(), 4440 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4441 RecTy, 4442 TInfo, 4443 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4444 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4445 Anon->setImplicit(); 4446 4447 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4448 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4449 4450 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4451 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4452 // purposes. 4453 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4454 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4455 4456 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4457 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4458 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4459 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4460 AS_none, Chain)) { 4461 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4462 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4463 } 4464 4465 return Anon; 4466 } 4467 4468 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4469 /// given Declarator. 4470 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4471 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4472 } 4473 4474 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4475 DeclarationNameInfo 4476 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4477 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4478 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4479 4480 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4481 4482 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4483 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4484 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4485 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4486 return NameInfo; 4487 4488 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4489 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4490 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4491 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4492 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4493 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4494 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4495 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4496 return NameInfo; 4497 4498 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4499 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4500 Name.Identifier)); 4501 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4502 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4503 return NameInfo; 4504 4505 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4507 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4508 if (Ty.isNull()) 4509 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4510 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4511 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4512 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4513 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4514 return NameInfo; 4515 } 4516 4517 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4518 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4519 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4520 if (Ty.isNull()) 4521 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4522 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4523 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4524 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4525 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4526 return NameInfo; 4527 } 4528 4529 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4530 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4531 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4532 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4533 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4534 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4535 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4536 4537 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4538 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4539 4540 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4541 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4542 // was qualified. 4543 4544 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4545 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4546 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4547 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4548 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4549 return NameInfo; 4550 } 4551 4552 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4553 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4554 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4555 if (Ty.isNull()) 4556 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4557 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4558 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4559 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4560 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4561 return NameInfo; 4562 } 4563 4564 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4565 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4566 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4567 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4568 } 4569 4570 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4571 4572 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4573 } 4574 4575 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4576 do { 4577 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4578 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4579 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4580 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4581 else 4582 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4583 } while (true); 4584 } 4585 4586 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4587 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4588 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4589 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4590 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4591 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4592 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4593 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4594 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4595 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4596 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4597 Params.clear(); 4598 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4599 return false; 4600 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4601 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4602 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4603 4604 // The parameter types are identical 4605 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4606 continue; 4607 4608 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4609 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4610 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4611 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4612 4613 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4614 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4615 Params.push_back(Idx); 4616 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4617 return false; 4618 } 4619 4620 return true; 4621 } 4622 4623 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4624 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4625 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4626 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4627 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4628 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4629 DeclarationName Name) { 4630 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4631 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4632 // - types which will become injected class names 4633 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4634 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4635 // few cases here. 4636 4637 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4638 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4639 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4640 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4641 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4642 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4643 // Grab the type from the parser. 4644 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4645 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4646 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4647 4648 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4649 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4650 // attached already. 4651 if (!TSI) 4652 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4653 4654 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4655 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4656 if (!TSI) return true; 4657 4658 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4659 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4660 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4661 break; 4662 } 4663 4664 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4665 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4666 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4667 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4668 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4669 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4670 break; 4671 } 4672 4673 default: 4674 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4675 break; 4676 } 4677 4678 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4679 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4680 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4681 4682 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4683 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4684 // pointer. 4685 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4686 continue; 4687 4688 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4689 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4690 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4691 return true; 4692 } 4693 4694 return false; 4695 } 4696 4697 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4698 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4699 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4700 4701 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4702 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4703 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4704 4705 return Dcl; 4706 } 4707 4708 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4709 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4710 /// name different from T: 4711 /// - every static data member of class T; 4712 /// - every member function of class T 4713 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4714 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4715 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4716 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4717 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4718 4719 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4720 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4721 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4722 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4723 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4724 return true; 4725 } 4726 4727 return false; 4728 } 4729 4730 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4731 /// nested-name-specifier. 4732 /// 4733 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4734 /// 4735 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4736 /// resolves. 4737 /// 4738 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4739 /// 4740 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4741 /// 4742 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4743 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4744 DeclarationName Name, 4745 SourceLocation Loc) { 4746 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4747 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4748 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4749 4750 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4751 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4752 // 4753 // class X { 4754 // void X::f(); 4755 // }; 4756 // 4757 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4758 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4759 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4760 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4761 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4762 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4763 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4764 SS.clear(); 4765 } else { 4766 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4767 } 4768 return false; 4769 } 4770 4771 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4772 // declaration. 4773 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4774 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4776 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4777 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4779 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4780 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4781 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4782 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4783 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4784 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4785 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4786 else 4787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4788 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4789 4790 return true; 4791 } 4792 4793 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4794 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4795 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4796 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4797 SS.clear(); 4798 4799 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4800 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4801 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4802 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4803 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4804 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4805 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4806 return true; 4807 4808 return false; 4809 } 4810 4811 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4812 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4813 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4814 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4815 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4816 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4817 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4818 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4819 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4820 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4821 4822 return false; 4823 } 4824 4825 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4826 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4827 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4828 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4829 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4830 4831 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4832 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4833 if (!Name) { 4834 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4835 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4836 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4837 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4838 return nullptr; 4839 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4840 return nullptr; 4841 4842 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4843 // we find one that is. 4844 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4845 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4846 S = S->getParent(); 4847 4848 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4849 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4850 D.setInvalidType(); 4851 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4852 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4853 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4854 return nullptr; 4855 4856 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4857 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4858 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4859 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4860 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4861 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4862 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4864 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4865 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4866 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4867 return nullptr; 4868 } 4869 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4870 4871 if (!IsDependentContext && 4872 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4873 return nullptr; 4874 4875 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4876 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4877 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4878 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4879 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4880 return nullptr; 4881 } 4882 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4883 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4884 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4885 if (DC->isRecord()) 4886 return nullptr; 4887 4888 D.setInvalidType(); 4889 } 4890 } 4891 4892 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4893 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4894 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4895 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4896 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4897 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4898 D.setInvalidType(); 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4903 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4904 4905 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4906 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4907 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4908 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4909 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4910 return nullptr; 4911 4912 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4913 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4914 D.setInvalidType(); 4915 4916 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4917 ForRedeclaration); 4918 4919 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4920 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4921 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4922 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4923 4924 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4925 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4926 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4927 // 4928 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4929 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4930 // the same name. 4931 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4932 /* Do nothing*/; 4933 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4934 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4935 R->isFunctionType())) { 4936 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4937 CreateBuiltins = 4938 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4939 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4940 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4941 CreateBuiltins = true; 4942 4943 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4944 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4945 4946 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4947 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4948 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4949 4950 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4951 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4952 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4953 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4954 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4955 // thereof; [...] 4956 // 4957 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4958 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4959 // we want to match. For example, given: 4960 // 4961 // class X { 4962 // void f(); 4963 // void f(float); 4964 // }; 4965 // 4966 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4967 // 4968 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4969 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4970 // matches. 4971 4972 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4973 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4974 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4975 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4976 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4977 } 4978 4979 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4980 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4981 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4982 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4983 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4984 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4985 4986 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4987 Previous.clear(); 4988 } 4989 4990 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4991 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4992 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4993 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4994 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4995 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4996 Previous.clear(); 4997 4998 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4999 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5001 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5002 5003 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5004 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5005 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5006 // template, declared in namespace scope 5007 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5008 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5009 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5010 return nullptr; 5011 } 5012 5013 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5014 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5015 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5016 return nullptr; 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 NamedDecl *New; 5021 5022 bool AddToScope = true; 5023 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5024 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5025 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5026 return nullptr; 5027 } 5028 5029 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5030 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5031 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5032 TemplateParamLists, 5033 AddToScope); 5034 } else { 5035 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5036 AddToScope); 5037 } 5038 5039 if (!New) 5040 return nullptr; 5041 5042 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5043 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5044 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5045 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5046 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5047 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5048 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5049 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5050 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5051 if (!AddToContext) 5052 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5053 } 5054 5055 return New; 5056 } 5057 5058 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5059 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5060 /// GCC compatibility). 5061 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5062 ASTContext &Context, 5063 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5064 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5065 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5066 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5067 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5068 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5069 SizeIsNegative = false; 5070 Oversized = 0; 5071 5072 if (T->isDependentType()) 5073 return QualType(); 5074 5075 QualifierCollector Qs; 5076 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5077 5078 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5079 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5080 QualType FixedType = 5081 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5082 Oversized); 5083 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5084 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5085 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5086 } 5087 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5088 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5089 QualType FixedType = 5090 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5091 Oversized); 5092 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5093 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5094 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5095 } 5096 5097 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5098 if (!VLATy) 5099 return QualType(); 5100 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5101 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5102 return QualType(); 5103 5104 llvm::APSInt Res; 5105 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5106 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5107 return QualType(); 5108 5109 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5110 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5111 SizeIsNegative = true; 5112 return QualType(); 5113 } 5114 5115 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5116 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5117 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5118 Res); 5119 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5120 Oversized = Res; 5121 return QualType(); 5122 } 5123 5124 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5125 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5126 } 5127 5128 static void 5129 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5130 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5131 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5132 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5133 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5134 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5135 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5136 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5137 return; 5138 } 5139 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5140 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5141 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5142 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5143 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5144 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5145 return; 5146 } 5147 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5148 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5149 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5150 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5151 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5152 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5153 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5154 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5155 } 5156 5157 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5158 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5159 /// GCC compatibility). 5160 static TypeSourceInfo* 5161 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5162 ASTContext &Context, 5163 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5164 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5165 QualType FixedTy 5166 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5167 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5168 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5169 return nullptr; 5170 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5171 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5172 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5173 return FixedTInfo; 5174 } 5175 5176 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5177 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5178 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5179 /// function-scope declarations. 5180 void 5181 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5182 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5183 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5184 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5185 return; 5186 5187 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5188 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5189 } 5190 5191 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5192 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5193 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5194 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5195 } 5196 5197 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5198 /// does not identify a function. 5199 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5200 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5201 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5202 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5203 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5204 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5205 5206 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5207 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5208 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5209 5210 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5211 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5212 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5213 5214 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5215 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5216 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5217 } 5218 5219 NamedDecl* 5220 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5222 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5223 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5224 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5225 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5226 D.setInvalidType(); 5227 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5228 DC = CurContext; 5229 Previous.clear(); 5230 } 5231 5232 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5233 5234 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5235 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5236 << 1; 5237 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5239 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5240 5241 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5242 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5243 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5244 return nullptr; 5245 } 5246 5247 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5248 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5249 5250 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5251 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5252 5253 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5254 5255 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5256 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5257 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5258 return ND; 5259 } 5260 5261 void 5262 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5263 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5264 // then it shall have block scope. 5265 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5266 // that redeclarations will match. 5267 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5268 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5269 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5270 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5271 5272 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5273 bool SizeIsNegative; 5274 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5275 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5276 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5277 SizeIsNegative, 5278 Oversized); 5279 if (FixedTInfo) { 5280 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5281 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5282 } else { 5283 if (SizeIsNegative) 5284 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5285 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5286 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5287 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5288 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5289 << Oversized.toString(10); 5290 else 5291 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5292 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5293 } 5294 } 5295 } 5296 } 5297 5298 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5299 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5300 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5301 NamedDecl* 5302 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5303 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5304 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5305 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5306 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5307 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5308 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5309 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5310 Redeclaration = true; 5311 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5312 } 5313 5314 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5315 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5316 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5317 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5318 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5319 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5320 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5321 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5322 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5323 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5324 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5325 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5326 } 5327 5328 return NewTD; 5329 } 5330 5331 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5332 /// previous declaration. 5333 /// 5334 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5335 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5336 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5337 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5338 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5339 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5340 /// 5341 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5342 /// lookup 5343 /// 5344 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5345 /// declared. 5346 /// 5347 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5348 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5349 static bool 5350 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5351 ASTContext &Context) { 5352 if (!PrevDecl) 5353 return false; 5354 5355 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5356 return false; 5357 5358 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5359 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5360 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5361 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5362 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5363 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5364 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5365 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5366 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5367 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5368 return false; 5369 5370 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5371 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5372 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5373 return false; 5374 5375 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5376 // previous declarations. 5377 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5378 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5379 5380 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5381 // isn't the same function. 5382 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5383 return false; 5384 } 5385 5386 return true; 5387 } 5388 5389 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5390 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5391 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5392 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5393 } 5394 5395 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5396 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5397 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5398 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5399 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5400 unsigned kind = -1U; 5401 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5402 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5403 kind = 0; // __block 5404 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5405 kind = 1; // global 5406 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5407 kind = 3; // ivar 5408 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5409 kind = 2; // field 5410 } 5411 5412 if (kind != -1U) { 5413 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5414 << kind; 5415 } 5416 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5417 // Try to infer lifetime. 5418 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5419 return false; 5420 5421 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5422 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5423 decl->setType(type); 5424 } 5425 5426 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5427 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5428 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5429 var->getTLSKind()) { 5430 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5431 << var->getType(); 5432 return true; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 return false; 5437 } 5438 5439 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5440 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5441 // the wrong linkage. 5442 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5443 5444 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5445 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5446 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5447 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5448 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5449 } 5450 } 5451 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5452 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5453 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5454 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5455 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5456 } 5457 } 5458 5459 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5460 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5461 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5462 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5463 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5464 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5465 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5471 // It does not apply to functions. 5472 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5473 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5474 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5475 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5476 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5481 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5482 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5483 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5484 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5485 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5486 << &ND << Attr; 5487 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5488 } 5489 } 5490 5491 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5492 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5493 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5494 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5495 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5496 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5497 << Attr; 5498 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5503 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5504 bool IsSpecialization) { 5505 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5506 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5507 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5508 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5509 5510 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5511 return; 5512 5513 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5514 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5515 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5516 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5517 5518 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5519 // inherited attribute instances. 5520 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5521 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5522 5523 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5524 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5525 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5526 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5527 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5528 5529 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5530 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5531 bool JustWarn = false; 5532 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5533 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5534 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5535 JustWarn = true; 5536 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5537 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5538 JustWarn = true; 5539 } 5540 5541 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5542 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5543 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5544 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5545 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5546 JustWarn = false; 5547 5548 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5549 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5550 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5551 << NewDecl 5552 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5553 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5554 if (!JustWarn) { 5555 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5556 return; 5557 } 5558 } 5559 5560 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5561 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5562 // and qualified friend declarations. 5563 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5564 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5565 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5566 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5567 // separately. 5568 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5569 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5570 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5571 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5572 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5573 } 5574 5575 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5576 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5577 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5578 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5579 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5580 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5581 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5582 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5583 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5584 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5585 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5586 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5587 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5588 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5589 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5590 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5591 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5592 } 5593 } 5594 5595 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5596 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5597 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5598 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5599 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5600 5601 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5602 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5603 5604 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5605 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5606 return false; 5607 5608 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5609 5610 #ifndef NDEBUG 5611 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5612 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5613 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5614 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5615 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5616 #endif 5617 5618 bool isC99Inline = 5619 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5620 5621 #ifndef NDEBUG 5622 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5623 #endif 5624 5625 return isC99Inline; 5626 } 5627 5628 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5629 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5630 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5631 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5632 /// 5633 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5634 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5635 /// 5636 /// For instance: 5637 /// 5638 /// auto x = []{}; 5639 /// 5640 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5641 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5642 /// 5643 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5644 template<typename T> 5645 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5646 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5647 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5648 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5649 return false; 5650 5651 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5652 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5653 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5654 return false; 5655 } 5656 return D->isExternC(); 5657 } 5658 5659 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5660 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5661 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5662 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5663 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5664 return true; 5665 if (DC->isRecord()) 5666 return false; 5667 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5668 } 5669 5670 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5671 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5672 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5673 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5674 return true; 5675 if (DC->isRecord()) 5676 return false; 5677 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5678 } 5679 5680 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5681 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5682 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5683 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5684 return true; 5685 return false; 5686 } 5687 5688 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5689 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5690 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5691 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5692 return true; 5693 5694 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5695 // position to the decl itself. 5696 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5697 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5698 return true; 5699 } 5700 5701 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5702 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5703 } 5704 5705 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5706 /// function-local external declaration. 5707 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5708 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5709 return false; 5710 5711 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5712 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5713 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5714 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5715 return true; 5716 5717 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5718 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5719 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5720 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5721 // 5722 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5723 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5724 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5725 DC = DC->getParent(); 5726 return true; 5727 } 5728 5729 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5730 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5731 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5732 return FD->isExternC(); 5733 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5734 return VD->isExternC(); 5735 5736 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5737 } 5738 5739 NamedDecl * 5740 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5741 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5742 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5743 bool &AddToScope) { 5744 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5745 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5746 5747 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5748 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5749 // argument. 5750 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5751 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5752 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5753 << R; 5754 D.setInvalidType(); 5755 return nullptr; 5756 } 5757 5758 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5759 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5760 5761 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5762 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5763 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5764 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5765 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5766 SC = SC_Extern; 5767 5768 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5769 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5770 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5771 5772 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5773 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5774 QualType NR = R; 5775 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5776 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5778 D.setInvalidType(); 5779 break; 5780 } 5781 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5782 } 5783 5784 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5785 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5786 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5787 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5788 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5789 D.setInvalidType(); 5790 } 5791 } 5792 } 5793 5794 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5795 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5796 // an error here 5797 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5798 D.setInvalidType(); 5799 SC = SC_None; 5800 } 5801 5802 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5803 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5804 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5805 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5806 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5807 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5808 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5809 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5810 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5811 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5812 } 5813 5814 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5815 if (!II) { 5816 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5817 << Name; 5818 return nullptr; 5819 } 5820 5821 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5822 5823 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5824 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5825 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5826 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5827 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5828 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5829 D.setInvalidType(); 5830 } 5831 } 5832 5833 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5834 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5835 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5836 // space qualifiers. 5837 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5838 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5839 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5840 } 5841 5842 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5843 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5844 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5845 // address space qualifiers. 5846 if (R->isEventT()) { 5847 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5848 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5849 D.setInvalidType(); 5850 } 5851 5852 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5853 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5854 D.setInvalidType(); 5855 } 5856 } 5857 } 5858 5859 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5860 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5861 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5862 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5863 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5864 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5865 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5867 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5868 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5869 R, TInfo, SC); 5870 5871 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5872 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5873 5874 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5875 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5876 } else { 5877 bool Invalid = false; 5878 5879 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5880 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5881 switch (SC) { 5882 case SC_None: 5883 break; 5884 case SC_Static: 5885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5886 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5887 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5888 break; 5889 case SC_Auto: 5890 case SC_Register: 5891 case SC_Extern: 5892 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5893 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5894 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5895 // of class members 5896 5897 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5898 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5900 break; 5901 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5902 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5903 } 5904 } 5905 5906 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5907 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5908 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5909 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5910 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5911 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5912 5913 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5914 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5915 if (RD->isUnion()) 5916 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5917 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5918 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5919 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5920 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5921 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5922 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5923 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5924 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5925 } 5926 } 5927 5928 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5929 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5930 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5931 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5932 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5933 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5934 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5935 : nullptr, 5936 TemplateParamLists, 5937 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5938 5939 if (TemplateParams) { 5940 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5941 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5942 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5943 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5944 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5945 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5946 << II 5947 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5948 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5949 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5950 } else { 5951 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5952 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5953 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5954 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5955 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5956 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5957 // This is a template declaration. 5958 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5959 5960 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5961 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5962 return nullptr; 5963 5964 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5965 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5966 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5967 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5968 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5969 } 5970 } 5971 } else { 5972 assert( 5973 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5974 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5975 } 5976 5977 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5978 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5979 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5980 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5981 : SourceLocation(); 5982 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5983 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5984 IsPartialSpecialization); 5985 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5986 return nullptr; 5987 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5988 AddToScope = false; 5989 } else 5990 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5991 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5992 5993 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5994 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5995 NewTemplate = 5996 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5997 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5998 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5999 } 6000 6001 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6002 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6003 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6004 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6005 6006 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6007 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6008 if (NewTemplate) 6009 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6010 } 6011 6012 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6013 6014 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6015 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6016 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6017 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6018 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6019 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6020 6021 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6022 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6023 6024 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6025 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6026 VTD->setConcept(); 6027 6028 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6029 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6030 // specifiers, [...] 6031 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6032 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6033 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6034 << 0 << 0; 6035 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6036 } 6037 6038 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6039 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6040 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6041 << 0 << 3; 6042 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6043 } 6044 6045 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6046 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6047 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6048 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6050 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6051 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6052 } 6053 6054 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6055 // following restrictions: 6056 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6057 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6058 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6059 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6060 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6061 } 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6066 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6067 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6068 if (NewTemplate) 6069 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6070 6071 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6072 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6073 6074 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6075 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6076 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6077 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6078 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6079 // explicitly. 6080 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6081 // 'extern'. 6082 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6083 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6084 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6085 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6086 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6087 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6088 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6089 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6090 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6091 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6092 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6093 // error should be ignored. 6094 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6095 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6096 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6097 // to emit any code for it. 6098 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6099 } else 6100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6101 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6102 } else 6103 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6104 } 6105 6106 // C99 6.7.4p3 6107 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6108 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6109 // thread storage duration... 6110 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6111 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6112 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6113 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6114 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6115 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6116 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6117 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6118 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6120 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6121 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6122 } 6123 } 6124 6125 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6126 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6127 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6128 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6129 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6130 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6131 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6132 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6133 << 2 6134 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6135 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6136 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6137 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6138 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6139 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6140 else { 6141 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6142 if (NewTemplate) 6143 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6148 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6149 6150 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6151 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6152 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6153 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6154 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6155 // storage [duration]." 6156 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6157 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6158 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6159 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6160 } 6161 } 6162 6163 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6164 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6165 // check the VarDecl itself. 6166 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6167 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6168 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6169 6170 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6171 // retainable type. 6172 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6173 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6174 6175 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6176 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6177 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6178 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6179 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6180 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6181 switch (SC) { 6182 case SC_None: 6183 case SC_Auto: 6184 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6185 break; 6186 case SC_Register: 6187 // Local Named register 6188 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6189 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6190 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6191 break; 6192 case SC_Static: 6193 case SC_Extern: 6194 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6195 break; 6196 } 6197 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6198 // Global Named register 6199 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6200 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6201 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6202 6203 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6204 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6205 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6206 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6207 HasSizeMismatch)) 6208 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6209 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6210 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6211 } 6212 6213 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6214 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6215 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6216 } 6217 } 6218 6219 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6220 Context, Label, 0)); 6221 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6222 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6223 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6224 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6225 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6226 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6227 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6228 } else 6229 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6230 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6231 } 6232 } 6233 6234 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6235 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6236 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6237 6238 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6239 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6240 // declaration has linkage). 6241 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6242 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6243 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6244 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6245 6246 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6247 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6249 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6250 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6251 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6252 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6253 6254 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6255 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6256 } else { 6257 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6258 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6259 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6260 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6261 6262 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6263 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6264 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6265 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6266 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6267 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6268 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6269 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6270 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6271 Previous.clear(); 6272 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6273 } 6274 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6275 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6276 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6277 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6278 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6279 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6280 } 6281 6282 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6283 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6284 6285 if (NewTemplate) { 6286 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6287 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6288 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6289 : nullptr; 6290 6291 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6292 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6293 // template declaration. 6294 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6295 TemplateParams, 6296 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6297 : nullptr, 6298 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6299 DC->isDependentContext()) 6300 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6301 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6302 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6303 6304 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6305 // template, make a note of that. 6306 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6307 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6308 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6313 6314 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6315 // the map of such variables. 6316 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6317 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6318 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6319 6320 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6321 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6322 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6323 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6324 Context.setManglingNumber( 6325 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6326 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6327 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6328 } 6329 } 6330 6331 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6332 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6333 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6334 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6335 6336 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6337 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6339 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6340 6341 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6342 // behavior. 6343 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6344 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6345 } 6346 6347 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6348 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6349 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6350 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6351 } 6352 6353 if (NewTemplate) { 6354 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6355 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6356 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6357 return NewTemplate; 6358 } 6359 6360 return NewVD; 6361 } 6362 6363 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6364 /// -Wshadow. 6365 /// 6366 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6367 /// scope. 6368 /// 6369 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6370 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6371 /// 6372 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6373 // Return if warning is ignored. 6374 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6375 return; 6376 6377 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6378 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6379 return; 6380 6381 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6382 6383 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6384 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6385 return; 6386 6387 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6388 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6389 return; 6390 6391 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6392 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6393 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6394 if (MD->isStatic()) 6395 return; 6396 6397 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6398 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6399 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6400 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6401 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6402 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6403 ShadowedDecl = I; 6404 break; 6405 } 6406 } 6407 6408 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6409 6410 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6411 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6412 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6413 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6414 return; 6415 6416 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6417 // static data members from base classes? 6418 6419 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6420 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6421 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6422 } 6423 6424 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6425 6426 // The order must be consistent with the %select in the warning message. 6427 enum ShadowedDeclKind { Local, Global, StaticMember, Field }; 6428 ShadowedDeclKind Kind; 6429 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6430 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6431 Kind = Field; 6432 else 6433 Kind = StaticMember; 6434 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) { 6435 Kind = Global; 6436 } else { 6437 Kind = Local; 6438 } 6439 6440 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6441 6442 // Emit warning and note. 6443 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6444 return; 6445 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6446 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6447 } 6448 6449 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6450 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6451 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6452 return; 6453 6454 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6455 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6456 LookupName(R, S); 6457 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6458 } 6459 6460 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6461 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6462 template<typename T> 6463 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6464 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6465 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6466 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6467 6468 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6469 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6470 // declaration. 6471 return false; 6472 } 6473 6474 if (Prev) { 6475 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6476 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6477 // redeclaration. 6478 Previous.clear(); 6479 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6480 return true; 6481 } 6482 6483 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6484 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6485 // declaration. 6486 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6487 return false; 6488 } else { 6489 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6490 // translation unit which might conflict. 6491 if (IsGlobal) { 6492 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6493 IsGlobal = false; 6494 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6495 I != E; ++I) { 6496 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6497 Prev = *I; 6498 break; 6499 } 6500 } 6501 } else { 6502 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6503 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6504 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6505 I != E; ++I) { 6506 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6507 Prev = *I; 6508 break; 6509 } 6510 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6511 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6512 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6513 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6514 // diagnostic. 6515 } 6516 } 6517 6518 if (!Prev) 6519 return false; 6520 } 6521 6522 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6523 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6524 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6525 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6526 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6527 else 6528 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6529 6530 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6531 << IsGlobal << ND; 6532 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6533 << IsGlobal; 6534 return false; 6535 } 6536 6537 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6538 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6539 /// 6540 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6541 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6542 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6543 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6544 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6545 template<typename T> 6546 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6547 LookupResult &Previous) { 6548 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6549 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6550 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6551 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6552 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6553 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6554 Previous.clear(); 6555 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6556 return true; 6557 } 6558 } 6559 return false; 6560 } 6561 6562 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6563 // declaration. 6564 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6565 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6566 6567 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6568 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6569 // in another scope. 6570 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6571 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6572 6573 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6574 return false; 6575 } 6576 6577 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6578 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6579 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6580 return; 6581 6582 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6583 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6584 6585 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6586 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6587 return; 6588 6589 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6590 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6591 6592 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6593 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6595 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6596 NewVD->setType(T); 6597 } 6598 6599 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6600 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6601 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6602 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6603 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6604 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6605 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6606 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6607 return; 6608 } 6609 6610 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6611 // scope. 6612 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6613 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6614 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6615 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6616 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6617 return; 6618 } 6619 6620 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6621 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6622 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6623 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6624 return; 6625 } 6626 6627 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6628 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6629 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6630 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6631 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6632 << 0 /*const*/; 6633 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6634 return; 6635 } 6636 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6637 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6638 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6639 return; 6640 } 6641 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6642 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6643 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6644 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6645 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6646 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6647 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6648 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6649 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6650 return; 6651 } 6652 } 6653 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6654 // __constant address space. 6655 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6656 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6657 // address space. 6658 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6659 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6660 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6661 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6662 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6663 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6664 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6665 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6666 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6667 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6668 else 6669 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6670 << Scope << "constant"; 6671 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 return; 6673 } 6674 } else { 6675 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6676 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6677 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6678 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6679 return; 6680 } 6681 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6682 // in functions. 6683 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6684 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6685 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6686 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6687 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6688 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6689 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6690 else 6691 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6692 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6693 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6694 return; 6695 } 6696 } 6697 } 6698 } 6699 6700 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6701 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6702 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6703 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6704 else { 6705 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6706 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6707 } 6708 } 6709 6710 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6711 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6712 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6713 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6714 6715 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6716 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6717 bool SizeIsNegative; 6718 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6719 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6720 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6721 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6722 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6723 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6724 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6725 // int a[10][n]; 6726 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6727 6728 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6729 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6730 << SizeRange; 6731 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6732 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6733 << SizeRange; 6734 else 6735 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6736 << SizeRange; 6737 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6738 return; 6739 } 6740 6741 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6742 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6743 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6744 else 6745 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6746 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6747 return; 6748 } 6749 6750 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6751 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6752 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6753 } 6754 6755 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6756 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6757 // of objects and functions. 6758 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6759 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6760 << T; 6761 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6762 return; 6763 } 6764 } 6765 6766 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6767 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6768 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6769 return; 6770 } 6771 6772 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6773 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6774 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6775 return; 6776 } 6777 6778 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6779 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6780 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6781 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6782 return; 6783 } 6784 } 6785 6786 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6787 /// declaration. 6788 /// 6789 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6790 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6791 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6792 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6793 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6794 /// 6795 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6796 /// 6797 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6798 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6799 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6800 6801 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6802 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6803 return false; 6804 6805 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6806 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6807 if (Previous.empty() && 6808 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6809 Previous.setShadowed(); 6810 6811 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6812 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6813 return true; 6814 } 6815 return false; 6816 } 6817 6818 namespace { 6819 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6820 Sema *S; 6821 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6822 6823 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6824 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6825 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6826 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6827 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6828 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6829 6830 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6831 6832 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6833 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6834 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6835 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6836 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6837 6838 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6839 } 6840 6841 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6842 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6843 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6844 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6845 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6846 return true; 6847 } 6848 } 6849 6850 return false; 6851 } 6852 }; 6853 6854 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6855 } // end anonymous namespace 6856 6857 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6858 /// overriden methods. 6859 /// 6860 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6861 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6862 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6863 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6864 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6865 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6866 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6867 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6868 I != E; ++I) { 6869 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6870 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6871 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6872 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6873 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6874 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6875 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6876 } 6877 } 6878 6879 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6880 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6881 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6882 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6883 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6884 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6885 FOM.Method = MD; 6886 FOM.S = this; 6887 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6888 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6889 bool AddedAny = false; 6890 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6891 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6892 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6893 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6894 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6895 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6896 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6897 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6898 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6899 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6900 AddedAny = true; 6901 } 6902 } 6903 } 6904 } 6905 6906 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6907 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6908 } 6909 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6910 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6911 } 6912 6913 return AddedAny; 6914 } 6915 6916 namespace { 6917 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6918 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6919 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6920 Scope *S; 6921 Declarator &D; 6922 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6923 bool AddToScope; 6924 }; 6925 } // end anonymous namespace 6926 6927 namespace { 6928 6929 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6930 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6931 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6932 public: 6933 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6934 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6935 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6936 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6937 6938 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6939 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6940 return false; 6941 6942 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6943 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6944 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6945 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6946 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6947 6948 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6949 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6950 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6951 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6952 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6953 return true; 6954 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6955 return true; 6956 } 6957 } 6958 } 6959 6960 return false; 6961 } 6962 6963 private: 6964 ASTContext &Context; 6965 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6966 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6967 }; 6968 6969 } // end anonymous namespace 6970 6971 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6972 /// 6973 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6974 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6975 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6976 /// the same name. 6977 /// 6978 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6979 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6980 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6981 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6982 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6983 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6984 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6985 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6986 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6987 TypoCorrection Correction; 6988 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6989 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6990 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6991 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6992 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6993 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6994 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6995 6996 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6997 if (IsLocalFriend) 6998 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6999 else 7000 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7001 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7002 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7003 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7004 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7005 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7006 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7007 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7008 if (FD && 7009 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7010 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7011 // involve a parameter 7012 unsigned ParamNum = 7013 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7014 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7015 } 7016 } 7017 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7018 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7019 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7020 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7021 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7022 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7023 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7024 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7025 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7026 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7027 Previous.clear(); 7028 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7029 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7030 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7031 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7032 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7033 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7034 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7035 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7036 } 7037 } 7038 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7039 7040 NamedDecl *Result; 7041 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7042 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7043 { 7044 // Trap errors. 7045 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7046 7047 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7048 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7049 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7050 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7051 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7052 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7053 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7054 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7055 7056 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7057 Result = nullptr; 7058 } 7059 7060 if (Result) { 7061 // Determine which correction we picked. 7062 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7063 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7064 I != E; ++I) 7065 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7066 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7067 7068 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7069 Correction, 7070 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7071 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7072 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7073 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7074 return Result; 7075 } 7076 7077 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7078 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7079 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7080 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7081 Previous.clear(); 7082 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7083 } 7084 7085 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7086 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7087 7088 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7089 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7090 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7091 7092 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7093 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7094 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7095 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7096 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7097 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7098 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7099 7100 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7101 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7102 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7103 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7104 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7105 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7106 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7107 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7108 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7109 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7110 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7111 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7112 } else 7113 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7114 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7115 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7116 } 7117 return nullptr; 7118 } 7119 7120 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7121 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7122 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7123 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7124 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7125 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7126 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7127 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7128 D.setInvalidType(); 7129 break; 7130 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7131 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7132 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7133 return SC_None; 7134 return SC_Extern; 7135 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7136 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7137 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7138 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7139 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7140 // other than extern 7141 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7142 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7143 diag::err_static_block_func); 7144 break; 7145 } else 7146 return SC_Static; 7147 } 7148 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7149 } 7150 7151 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7152 return SC_None; 7153 } 7154 7155 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7156 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7157 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7158 StorageClass SC, 7159 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7160 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7161 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7162 7163 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7164 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7165 7166 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7167 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7168 // prototype. This true when: 7169 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7170 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7171 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7172 bool HasPrototype = 7173 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7174 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7175 7176 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7177 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7178 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7179 HasPrototype, false); 7180 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7181 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7182 7183 return NewFD; 7184 } 7185 7186 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7187 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7188 7189 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7190 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7191 // the class has been completely parsed. 7192 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7193 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7194 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7195 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7196 D.setInvalidType(); 7197 7198 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7199 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7200 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7201 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7202 7203 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7204 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7205 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7206 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7207 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7208 isConstexpr); 7209 7210 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7211 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7212 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7213 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7214 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7215 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7216 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7217 D.getLocStart(), 7218 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7219 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7220 7221 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7222 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7223 // it yet. 7224 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7225 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7226 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7227 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7228 } 7229 7230 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7231 return NewDD; 7232 7233 } else { 7234 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7235 D.setInvalidType(); 7236 7237 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7238 // code path. 7239 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7240 D.getLocStart(), 7241 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7242 SC, isInline, 7243 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7244 } 7245 7246 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7247 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7248 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7249 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7250 return nullptr; 7251 } 7252 7253 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7254 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7255 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7256 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7257 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7258 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7259 7260 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7261 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7262 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7263 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7264 // constructor if it has no return type). 7265 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7266 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7267 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7268 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7269 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7270 return nullptr; 7271 } 7272 7273 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7274 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7275 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7276 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7277 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7278 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7279 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7280 return Ret; 7281 } else { 7282 bool isFriend = 7283 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7284 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7285 return nullptr; 7286 7287 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7288 // prototype. This true when: 7289 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7290 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7291 D.getLocStart(), 7292 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7293 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7294 } 7295 } 7296 7297 enum OpenCLParamType { 7298 ValidKernelParam, 7299 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7300 PtrKernelParam, 7301 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7302 InvalidKernelParam, 7303 RecordKernelParam 7304 }; 7305 7306 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7307 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7308 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7309 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7310 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7311 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7312 : PtrKernelParam; 7313 } 7314 7315 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7316 // be used as builtin types. 7317 7318 if (PT->isImageType()) 7319 return PtrKernelParam; 7320 7321 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7322 return InvalidKernelParam; 7323 7324 if (PT->isEventT()) 7325 return InvalidKernelParam; 7326 7327 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7328 return InvalidKernelParam; 7329 7330 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7331 return RecordKernelParam; 7332 7333 return ValidKernelParam; 7334 } 7335 7336 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7337 Sema &S, 7338 Declarator &D, 7339 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7340 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7341 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7342 7343 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7344 // used again 7345 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7346 return; 7347 7348 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7349 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7350 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7351 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7352 // pointer to a pointer type. 7353 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7354 D.setInvalidType(); 7355 return; 7356 7357 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7358 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7359 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7360 // pointer to the private address space. 7361 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7362 D.setInvalidType(); 7363 return; 7364 7365 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7366 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7367 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7368 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7369 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7370 7371 case InvalidKernelParam: 7372 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7373 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7374 // of event_t type. 7375 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7376 D.setInvalidType(); 7377 return; 7378 7379 case PtrKernelParam: 7380 case ValidKernelParam: 7381 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7382 return; 7383 7384 case RecordKernelParam: 7385 break; 7386 } 7387 7388 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7389 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7390 7391 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7392 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7393 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7394 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7395 7396 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7397 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7398 7399 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7400 7401 do { 7402 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7403 if (!Next) { 7404 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7405 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7406 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7407 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7408 7409 continue; 7410 } 7411 7412 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7413 // field itself) to the history stack. 7414 const RecordDecl *RD; 7415 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7416 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7417 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7418 } else { 7419 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7420 } 7421 7422 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7423 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7424 7425 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7426 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7427 7428 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7429 continue; 7430 7431 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7432 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7433 continue; 7434 7435 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7436 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7437 continue; 7438 } 7439 7440 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7441 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7442 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7443 // union. 7444 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7445 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7446 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7447 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7448 << PT->isUnionType() 7449 << PT; 7450 } else { 7451 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7452 } 7453 7454 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7455 << PD->getDeclName(); 7456 7457 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7458 // the offending field came from 7459 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7460 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7461 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7462 I != E; ++I) { 7463 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7464 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7465 << OuterField->getType(); 7466 } 7467 7468 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7469 << QT->isPointerType() 7470 << QT; 7471 D.setInvalidType(); 7472 return; 7473 } 7474 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7475 } 7476 7477 NamedDecl* 7478 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7479 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7480 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7481 bool &AddToScope) { 7482 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7483 7484 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7485 7486 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7487 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7488 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7489 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7490 7491 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7493 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7494 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7495 7496 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7497 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7498 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7499 7500 bool isFriend = false; 7501 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7502 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7503 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7504 7505 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7506 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7507 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7508 7509 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7510 7511 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7512 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7513 7514 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7515 isVirtualOkay); 7516 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7517 7518 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7519 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7520 7521 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7522 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7523 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7524 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7525 7526 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7527 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7528 7529 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7530 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7531 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7532 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7533 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7534 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7535 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7536 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7537 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7538 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7539 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7540 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7541 } 7542 7543 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7544 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7545 // return true). 7546 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7547 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7548 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7549 NewFD->setPure(true); 7550 7551 // C++ [class.union]p2 7552 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7553 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7554 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7555 } 7556 7557 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7558 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7559 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7560 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7561 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7562 7563 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7564 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7565 bool Invalid = false; 7566 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7567 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7568 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7569 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7570 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7571 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7572 : nullptr, 7573 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7574 Invalid)) { 7575 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7576 // This is a function template 7577 7578 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7579 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7580 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7581 7582 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7583 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7584 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7585 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7586 } 7587 7588 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7589 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7590 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7591 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7592 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7593 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7594 Invalid = true; 7595 } 7596 7597 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7598 NewFD->getLocation(), 7599 Name, TemplateParams, 7600 NewFD); 7601 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7602 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7603 7604 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7605 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7606 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7607 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7608 } 7609 } else { 7610 // This is a function template specialization. 7611 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7612 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7613 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7614 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7615 7616 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7617 if (isFriend) { 7618 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7619 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7620 7621 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7622 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7623 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7624 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7625 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7626 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7627 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7628 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7629 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7630 } 7631 7632 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7633 << Name << RemoveRange 7634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7635 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7636 } 7637 } 7638 } 7639 else { 7640 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7641 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7642 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7643 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7644 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7645 } 7646 7647 if (Invalid) { 7648 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7649 if (FunctionTemplate) 7650 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7651 } 7652 7653 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7654 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7655 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7656 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7657 // 7658 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7659 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7660 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7661 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7662 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7663 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7664 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7665 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7666 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7667 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7668 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7669 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7671 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7672 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7673 } else { 7674 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7675 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7676 } 7677 7678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7679 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7680 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7681 } 7682 7683 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7684 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7685 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7686 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7687 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7688 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7689 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7690 // thing to do. 7691 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7692 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7693 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7694 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7695 QualType Result = 7696 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7697 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7698 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7699 } 7700 7701 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7702 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7703 // declaration. 7704 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7705 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7706 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7707 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7708 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7709 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7710 } 7711 } 7712 7713 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7714 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7715 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7716 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7717 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7718 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7719 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7720 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7721 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7723 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7724 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7725 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7726 // or conversion function. 7727 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7728 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7729 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7730 } 7731 } 7732 7733 if (isConstexpr) { 7734 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7735 // are implicitly inline. 7736 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7737 7738 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7739 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7740 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7741 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7742 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7743 } 7744 7745 if (isConcept) { 7746 // This is a function concept. 7747 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7748 FTD->setConcept(); 7749 7750 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7751 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7752 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7753 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7754 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7755 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7756 } 7757 7758 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7759 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7760 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7761 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7762 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7763 SourceRange Range; 7764 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7765 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7766 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7767 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7769 } else { 7770 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7771 } 7772 7773 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7774 // following restrictions: 7775 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7776 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7778 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7779 } 7780 7781 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7782 // following restrictions: 7783 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7784 // parameter list. 7785 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7786 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7787 } 7788 7789 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7790 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7791 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7792 7793 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7794 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7795 // specifiers, [...] 7796 if (isInline) { 7797 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7798 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7799 << 1 << 1; 7800 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7801 } 7802 7803 if (isFriend) { 7804 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7805 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7806 << 1 << 2; 7807 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7808 } 7809 7810 if (isConstexpr) { 7811 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7812 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7813 << 1 << 3; 7814 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7815 } 7816 7817 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7818 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7819 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7820 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7821 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7822 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7827 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7828 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7829 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7830 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7831 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7832 << 0 7833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7834 } else { 7835 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7836 if (FunctionTemplate) 7837 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7838 } 7839 } 7840 7841 if (isFriend) { 7842 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7843 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7844 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7845 } 7846 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7847 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7848 } 7849 7850 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7851 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7852 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7853 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7854 case FDK_Declaration: 7855 case FDK_Definition: 7856 break; 7857 7858 case FDK_Defaulted: 7859 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7860 break; 7861 7862 case FDK_Deleted: 7863 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7864 break; 7865 } 7866 7867 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7868 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7869 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7870 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7871 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7872 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7873 } 7874 7875 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7876 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7877 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7878 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7879 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7880 // the class. 7881 7882 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7883 // member function definition. 7884 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7885 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7886 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7887 } 7888 7889 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7890 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7891 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7892 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7893 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7894 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7895 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7896 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7897 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7898 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7899 } 7900 7901 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7902 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7903 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7904 isExplicitSpecialization || 7905 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7906 7907 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7908 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7909 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7910 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7911 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7912 SE->getString(), 0)); 7913 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7914 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7915 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7916 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7917 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7918 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7919 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7920 } else 7921 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7922 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7923 } 7924 } 7925 7926 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7927 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7928 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7929 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7930 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7931 7932 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7933 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7934 // single void argument. 7935 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7936 // already checks for that case. 7937 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7938 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7939 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7940 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7941 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7942 Params.push_back(Param); 7943 7944 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7945 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7946 } 7947 } 7948 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7949 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7950 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7951 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7952 // 7953 // @code 7954 // typedef void fn(int); 7955 // fn f; 7956 // @endcode 7957 7958 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7959 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7960 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7961 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7962 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7963 Params.push_back(Param); 7964 } 7965 } else { 7966 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7967 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7968 } 7969 7970 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7971 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7972 7973 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7974 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7975 // 7976 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7977 // 7978 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7979 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7980 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7981 7982 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7983 NewFD->addAttr( 7984 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7985 Context, 0)); 7986 7987 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7988 // because all functions have linkage. 7989 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7990 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7991 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7992 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7993 } 7994 7995 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7996 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7997 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7998 NewFD->addAttr( 7999 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8000 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8001 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8002 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8003 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8004 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8005 NewFD)) 8006 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8007 } 8008 8009 // Handle attributes. 8010 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8011 8012 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8013 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8014 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8015 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8016 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8017 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8018 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8019 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8020 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8021 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8022 } 8023 } 8024 8025 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8026 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8027 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8028 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8029 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8030 8031 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8032 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8033 8034 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8035 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8036 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8037 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8038 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8039 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8040 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8041 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8042 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8043 8044 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8045 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8046 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8047 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8048 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8049 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8050 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8051 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8052 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8053 int DiagID = 8054 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8055 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8056 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8057 } 8058 } 8059 } else { 8060 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8061 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8062 // 8063 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8064 // 8065 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8066 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8067 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8068 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8069 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8070 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8071 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8072 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8073 8074 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8075 // argument list into our AST format. 8076 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8077 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8078 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8079 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8080 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8081 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8082 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8083 TemplateArgs); 8084 8085 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8086 8087 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8088 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8089 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8090 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8091 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8092 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8093 8094 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8095 } else { 8096 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8097 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8098 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8099 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8100 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8101 } 8102 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8103 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8104 // wrote something like: 8105 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8106 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8107 // friend void foo<>(int); 8108 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8109 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8110 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8111 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8112 } 8113 8114 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8115 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8116 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8117 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8118 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8119 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8120 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8121 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8122 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8123 InstantiationDependent))) { 8124 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8125 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8126 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8127 Previous)) 8128 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8129 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8130 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8131 && !isFriend) { 8132 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8133 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8134 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8135 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8136 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8137 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8138 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8139 : nullptr), 8140 Previous)) 8141 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8142 8143 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8144 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8145 // specialization (14.7.3) 8146 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8147 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8148 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8149 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8150 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8151 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8152 << SC 8153 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8154 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8155 8156 else 8157 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8158 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8159 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8160 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8161 } 8162 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8163 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8164 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8165 } 8166 8167 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8168 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8169 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8170 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8171 8172 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8173 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8174 8175 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8176 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8177 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8178 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8179 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8180 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8181 } 8182 8183 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8184 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8185 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8186 8187 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8188 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8189 : NewFD); 8190 8191 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8192 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8193 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8194 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8195 8196 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8197 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8198 } 8199 8200 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8201 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8202 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8203 8204 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8205 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8206 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8207 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8208 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8209 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8210 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8211 : nullptr, 8212 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8213 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8214 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8215 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8216 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8217 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8218 DC->isDependentContext()) 8219 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8220 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8221 } 8222 8223 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8224 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8225 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8226 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8227 AddToScope }; 8228 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8229 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8230 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8231 8232 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8233 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8234 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8235 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8236 8237 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8238 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8239 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8240 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8241 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8242 // can actually do this check immediately. 8243 if (isFriend && 8244 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8245 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8246 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8247 // ignore these 8248 } else { 8249 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8250 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8251 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8252 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8253 // 8254 // class X { 8255 // void f() const; 8256 // }; 8257 // 8258 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8259 // 8260 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8261 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8262 // whether the parameter types are references). 8263 8264 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8265 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8266 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8267 return Result; 8268 } 8269 } 8270 8271 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8272 // to something. 8273 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8274 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8275 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8276 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8277 return Result; 8278 } 8279 } 8280 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8281 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8282 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8283 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8284 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8285 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8286 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8287 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8288 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8289 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8290 // generate them. 8291 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8292 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8293 } 8294 } 8295 8296 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8297 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8298 8299 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8300 8301 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8302 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8303 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8304 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8305 << NewFD; 8306 8307 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8308 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8309 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8310 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8311 EPI.Variadic = true; 8312 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8313 8314 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8315 NewFD->setType(R); 8316 } 8317 8318 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8319 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8320 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8321 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8322 8323 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8324 // marking the function. 8325 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8326 8327 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8328 // a pragma. 8329 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8330 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8331 8332 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8333 // the map of such variables. 8334 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8335 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8336 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8337 8338 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8339 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8340 8341 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8342 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8343 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8344 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8345 } 8346 8347 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8348 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8349 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8350 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8351 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8352 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8353 8354 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8355 } 8356 8357 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8358 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8359 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8360 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8361 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8362 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8363 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8364 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8365 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8366 } 8367 } 8368 8369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8370 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8371 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8372 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8373 return FunctionTemplate; 8374 } 8375 } 8376 8377 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8378 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8379 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8380 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8381 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8382 D.setInvalidType(); 8383 } 8384 8385 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8386 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8387 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8389 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8390 : FixItHint()); 8391 D.setInvalidType(); 8392 } 8393 8394 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8395 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8396 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8397 } 8398 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8399 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8400 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8401 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8402 8403 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8404 // types. 8405 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8406 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8407 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8408 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8409 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8410 D.setInvalidType(); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 } 8414 } 8415 8416 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8417 8418 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8419 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8420 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8421 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8422 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8423 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8424 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8425 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8426 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8427 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8428 AddToScope = false; 8429 } 8430 8431 return NewFD; 8432 } 8433 8434 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8435 /// 8436 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8437 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8438 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8439 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8440 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8441 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8442 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8443 /// 8444 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8445 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8446 /// 8447 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8448 /// 8449 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8450 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8451 LookupResult &Previous, 8452 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8453 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8454 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8455 8456 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8457 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8458 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8459 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8460 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8461 8462 bool Redeclaration = false; 8463 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8464 8465 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8466 // the same name, if appropriate. 8467 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8468 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8469 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8470 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8471 // function to the scope. 8472 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8473 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8474 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8475 Redeclaration = true; 8476 OldDecl = Candidate; 8477 } 8478 } else { 8479 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8480 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8481 case Ovl_Match: 8482 Redeclaration = true; 8483 break; 8484 8485 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8486 Redeclaration = true; 8487 break; 8488 8489 case Ovl_Overload: 8490 Redeclaration = false; 8491 break; 8492 } 8493 8494 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8495 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8496 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8497 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8498 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8499 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8500 if (Redeclaration) 8501 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8502 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8503 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8504 if (OverloadedDecl) 8505 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8506 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8507 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8508 } 8509 } 8510 } 8511 8512 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8513 if (!Redeclaration && 8514 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8515 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8516 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8517 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8518 Redeclaration = true; 8519 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8520 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8521 8522 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8523 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8524 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8525 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8526 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8527 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8528 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8529 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8530 } 8531 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8532 Redeclaration = false; 8533 OldDecl = nullptr; 8534 } 8535 } 8536 } 8537 } 8538 8539 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8540 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8541 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8542 // 8543 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8544 // definition of a static member function. 8545 // 8546 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8547 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8548 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8550 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8551 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8552 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8553 if (OldDecl) 8554 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8555 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8556 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8557 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8558 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8559 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8560 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8561 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8562 8563 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8564 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8565 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8566 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8567 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8568 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8569 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8570 8571 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8572 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8573 } 8574 } 8575 } 8576 8577 if (Redeclaration) { 8578 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8579 // merged. 8580 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8581 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8582 return Redeclaration; 8583 } 8584 8585 Previous.clear(); 8586 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8587 8588 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8589 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8590 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8591 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8592 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8593 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8594 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8595 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8596 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8597 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8598 } 8599 8600 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8601 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8602 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8603 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8604 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8605 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8606 } 8607 8608 } else { 8609 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8610 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8611 8612 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8613 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8618 8619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8620 // C++-specific checks. 8621 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8622 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8623 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8624 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8625 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8626 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8627 8628 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8629 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8630 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8631 DeclarationName Name 8632 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8633 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8634 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8635 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8637 return Redeclaration; 8638 } 8639 } 8640 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8641 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8642 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8643 } 8644 8645 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8646 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8647 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8648 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8649 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8650 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8651 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8652 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8653 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8654 } 8655 } 8656 } 8657 8658 if (Method->isStatic()) 8659 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8660 } 8661 8662 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8663 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8664 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8665 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8666 return Redeclaration; 8667 } 8668 8669 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8670 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8671 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8672 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8673 return Redeclaration; 8674 } 8675 8676 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8677 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8678 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8679 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8680 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8681 8682 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8683 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8684 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8685 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8686 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8687 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8688 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8689 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8690 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8691 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8692 } 8693 } 8694 8695 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8696 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8697 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8698 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8699 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8700 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8701 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8702 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8703 << NewFD << R; 8704 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8705 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8706 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8707 } 8708 } 8709 return Redeclaration; 8710 } 8711 8712 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8713 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8714 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8715 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8716 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8717 // appear in a declaration of main. 8718 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8719 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8720 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8721 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8722 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8723 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8724 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8725 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8727 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8728 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8729 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8730 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8731 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8732 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8733 } 8734 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8735 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8736 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8737 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8738 } 8739 8740 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8741 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8742 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8743 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8744 return; 8745 } 8746 8747 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8748 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8749 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8750 8751 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8752 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8753 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8754 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8755 8756 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8757 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8758 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8759 else { 8760 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8761 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8762 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8763 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8764 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8765 } 8766 } else { 8767 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8768 // set the flag which tells us that. 8769 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8770 8771 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8772 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8773 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8774 else { 8775 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8776 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8777 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8778 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8779 : FixItHint()); 8780 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8781 } 8782 } 8783 8784 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8785 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8786 8787 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8788 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8789 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8790 8791 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8792 8793 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8794 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8795 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8796 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8797 } 8798 8799 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8800 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8801 // getting shifty. 8802 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8803 HasExtraParameters = false; 8804 8805 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8806 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8807 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8808 nparams = 3; 8809 } 8810 8811 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8812 // if we had some location information about types. 8813 8814 QualType CharPP = 8815 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8816 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8817 8818 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8819 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8820 8821 bool mismatch = true; 8822 8823 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8824 mismatch = false; 8825 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8826 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8827 // char const ** 8828 // char const * const * 8829 // char * const * 8830 8831 QualifierCollector qs; 8832 const PointerType* PT; 8833 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8834 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8835 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8836 Context.CharTy)) { 8837 qs.removeConst(); 8838 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8839 } 8840 } 8841 8842 if (mismatch) { 8843 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8844 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8845 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8846 } 8847 } 8848 8849 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8850 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8851 } 8852 8853 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8854 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8855 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8856 } 8857 } 8858 8859 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8860 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8861 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8862 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8863 8864 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8865 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8866 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8867 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8868 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8869 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8870 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8871 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8872 8873 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8874 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8875 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8876 } 8877 } 8878 8879 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8880 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8881 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8882 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8883 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8884 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8885 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8886 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8887 // rules there don't matter.) 8888 const Expr *Culprit; 8889 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8890 return false; 8891 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8892 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8893 return true; 8894 } 8895 8896 namespace { 8897 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8898 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8899 class SelfReferenceChecker 8900 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8901 Sema &S; 8902 Decl *OrigDecl; 8903 bool isRecordType; 8904 bool isPODType; 8905 bool isReferenceType; 8906 8907 bool isInitList; 8908 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8909 8910 public: 8911 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8912 8913 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8914 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8915 isPODType = false; 8916 isRecordType = false; 8917 isReferenceType = false; 8918 isInitList = false; 8919 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8920 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8921 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8922 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8927 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8928 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8929 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8930 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8931 if (!InitList) { 8932 Visit(E); 8933 return; 8934 } 8935 8936 // Track and increment the index here. 8937 isInitList = true; 8938 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8939 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8940 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8941 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8942 } 8943 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8944 } 8945 8946 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8947 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8948 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8949 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8950 Expr *Base = E; 8951 bool ReferenceField = false; 8952 8953 // Get the field memebers used. 8954 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8955 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8956 if (!FD) 8957 return false; 8958 Fields.push_back(FD); 8959 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8960 ReferenceField = true; 8961 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8962 } 8963 8964 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8965 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8966 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8967 return false; 8968 8969 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8970 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8971 return true; 8972 8973 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8974 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8975 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8976 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8977 8978 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8979 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8980 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8981 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8982 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8983 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8984 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8985 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8986 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8987 return true; 8988 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8989 break; 8990 } 8991 8992 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8993 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8994 return true; 8995 } 8996 8997 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8998 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8999 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9000 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9001 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9002 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9003 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9004 return; 9005 } 9006 9007 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9008 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9009 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9010 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9011 return; 9012 } 9013 9014 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9015 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9016 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9017 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9018 return; 9019 } 9020 9021 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9022 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9023 return; 9024 } 9025 9026 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9027 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9028 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9029 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9030 return; 9031 } 9032 } 9033 9034 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9035 if (isInitList) { 9036 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9037 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9038 return; 9039 } 9040 9041 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9042 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9043 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9044 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9045 return; 9046 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9047 } 9048 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9049 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9050 return; 9051 } 9052 9053 Visit(E); 9054 } 9055 9056 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9057 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9058 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9059 if (isReferenceType) 9060 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9061 } 9062 9063 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9064 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9065 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9066 return; 9067 } 9068 9069 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9070 } 9071 9072 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9073 if (isInitList) { 9074 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9075 return; 9076 } 9077 9078 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9079 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9080 9081 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9082 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9083 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9084 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9085 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9086 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9087 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9088 Warn = false; 9089 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9090 } 9091 9092 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9093 if (Warn) 9094 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9095 return; 9096 } 9097 9098 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9099 // Visit that expression. 9100 Visit(Base); 9101 } 9102 9103 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9104 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9105 9106 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9107 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9108 9109 Visit(Callee); 9110 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9111 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9112 } 9113 9114 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9115 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9116 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9117 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9118 if (!isPODType) 9119 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9120 return; 9121 } 9122 9123 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9124 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9125 return; 9126 } 9127 9128 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9129 } 9130 9131 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9132 9133 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9134 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9135 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9136 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9137 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9138 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9139 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9140 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9141 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9142 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9143 return; 9144 } 9145 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9146 } 9147 9148 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9149 // Treat std::move as a use. 9150 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9151 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9152 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9153 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9154 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9155 return; 9156 } 9157 } 9158 } 9159 9160 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9161 } 9162 9163 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9164 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9165 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9166 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9167 return; 9168 } 9169 9170 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9171 } 9172 9173 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9174 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9175 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9176 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9177 Visit(E->getCond()); 9178 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9179 } 9180 9181 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9182 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9183 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9184 unsigned diag; 9185 if (isReferenceType) { 9186 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9187 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9188 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9189 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9190 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9191 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9192 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9193 } else { 9194 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9195 return; 9196 } 9197 9198 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9199 S.PDiag(diag) 9200 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9201 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9202 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9203 } 9204 }; 9205 9206 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9207 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9208 bool DirectInit) { 9209 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9210 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9211 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9212 return; 9213 9214 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9215 9216 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9217 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9218 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9219 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9220 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9221 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9222 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9223 return; 9224 9225 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9226 } 9227 } // end anonymous namespace 9228 9229 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9230 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9231 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9232 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9233 Expr *Init) { 9234 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9235 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9236 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9237 9238 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9239 if (DirectInit) { 9240 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9241 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9242 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9243 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9244 } 9245 9246 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9247 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9248 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9249 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9250 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9251 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9252 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9253 << Name << Type << Range; 9254 return QualType(); 9255 } 9256 9257 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9258 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9259 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9260 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9261 << Name << Type << Range; 9262 return QualType(); 9263 } 9264 9265 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9266 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9267 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9268 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9269 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9270 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9271 return QualType(); 9272 } 9273 9274 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9275 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9276 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9277 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9278 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9279 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9280 return QualType(); 9281 } 9282 Init = Result.get(); 9283 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9284 } 9285 9286 QualType DeducedType; 9287 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9288 if (!IsInitCapture) 9289 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9290 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9291 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9292 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9293 << Name 9294 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9295 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9296 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9297 else 9298 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9299 << Name << TSI->getType() 9300 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9301 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9302 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9303 } 9304 9305 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9306 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9307 // checks. 9308 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9309 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9310 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9311 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9312 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9313 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9314 } 9315 9316 return DeducedType; 9317 } 9318 9319 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9320 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9321 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9322 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9323 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9324 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9325 // the initializer. 9326 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9327 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9328 return; 9329 } 9330 9331 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9332 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9333 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9334 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9335 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9336 return; 9337 } 9338 9339 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9340 if (!VDecl) { 9341 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9342 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9343 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9344 return; 9345 } 9346 9347 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9348 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9349 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9350 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9351 // TypoExpr. 9352 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9353 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9354 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9355 return; 9356 } 9357 Init = Res.get(); 9358 9359 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9360 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9361 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9362 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9363 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9364 return; 9365 } 9366 9367 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9368 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9369 9370 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9371 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9373 9374 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9375 // the previously declared type. 9376 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9377 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9378 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9379 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9380 } 9381 9382 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9383 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9384 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9385 return; 9386 } 9387 9388 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9389 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9390 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9391 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9392 return; 9393 } 9394 9395 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9396 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9397 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9398 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9399 return; 9400 } 9401 9402 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9403 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9404 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9405 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9406 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9407 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9408 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9409 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9410 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9411 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9412 return; 9413 } 9414 9415 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9416 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9417 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9418 AbstractVariableType)) 9419 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9420 } 9421 9422 VarDecl *Def; 9423 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9424 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9425 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9426 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9427 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9428 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9429 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9430 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9431 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9432 } else { 9433 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9434 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9435 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9436 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9437 return; 9438 } 9439 } 9440 9441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9442 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9443 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9444 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9445 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9446 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9447 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9448 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9449 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9450 // 9451 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9452 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9453 // declaration with an initializer. 9454 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9455 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9456 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9457 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9458 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9459 << 0; 9460 return; 9461 } 9462 9463 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9464 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9465 9466 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9468 return; 9469 } 9470 } 9471 9472 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9473 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9474 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9475 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9476 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9477 return; 9478 } 9479 9480 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9481 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9482 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9483 9484 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9485 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9486 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9487 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9488 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9489 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9490 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9491 return; 9492 } 9493 Init = Result.get(); 9494 } 9495 9496 // Perform the initialization. 9497 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9498 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9499 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9500 InitializationKind Kind = 9501 DirectInit 9502 ? CXXDirectInit 9503 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9504 Init->getLocStart(), 9505 Init->getLocEnd()) 9506 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9507 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9508 Init->getLocStart()); 9509 9510 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9511 if (CXXDirectInit) 9512 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9513 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9514 9515 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9516 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9517 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9518 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9519 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9520 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9521 }); 9522 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9523 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9524 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9525 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9526 } 9527 } 9528 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9529 return; 9530 9531 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9532 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9533 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9534 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9535 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9536 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9537 return; 9538 } 9539 9540 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9541 } 9542 9543 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9544 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9545 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9546 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9547 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9548 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9549 } 9550 9551 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9552 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9553 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9554 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9555 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9556 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9557 9558 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9559 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9560 9561 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9562 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9563 9564 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9565 // Although this code can still have problems: 9566 // id x = self.weakProp; 9567 // id y = self.weakProp; 9568 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9569 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9570 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9571 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9572 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9573 Init->getLocStart())) 9574 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9575 } 9576 9577 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9578 // 9579 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9580 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9581 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9582 // 9583 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9584 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9585 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9586 // 9587 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9588 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9589 false, 9590 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9591 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9592 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 Init = Result.get(); 9596 9597 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9598 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9599 9600 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9601 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9602 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9603 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9604 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9605 const Expr *Culprit; 9606 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9607 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9608 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9609 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9610 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9611 // constant expressions. 9612 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9613 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9614 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9615 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9616 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9617 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9618 } 9619 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9620 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9621 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9622 // 9623 // struct S { 9624 // static const int value = 17; 9625 // }; 9626 9627 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9628 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9629 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9630 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9631 // 9632 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9633 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9634 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9635 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9636 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9637 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9638 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9639 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9640 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9641 9642 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9643 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9644 9645 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9646 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9647 // type. 9648 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9649 9650 // Require constness. 9651 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9652 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9653 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9654 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9655 9656 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9657 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9658 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9659 SourceLocation Loc; 9660 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9661 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9662 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9663 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9664 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9665 ; // Nothing to check. 9666 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9667 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9668 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9669 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9670 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9671 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9672 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9673 } else { 9674 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9675 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9676 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9677 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9679 } 9680 9681 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9682 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9683 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9684 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9685 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9686 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9687 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9688 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9689 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9690 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9691 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9692 } else { 9693 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9694 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9695 9696 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9697 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9698 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9699 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9700 } 9701 } 9702 9703 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9704 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9705 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9706 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9707 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9708 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9709 9710 } else { 9711 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9712 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9713 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9714 } 9715 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9716 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9717 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9718 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9719 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9720 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9721 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9722 9723 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9724 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9725 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9726 } 9727 9728 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9729 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9730 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9731 // 9732 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9733 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9734 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9735 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9736 // special case code. 9737 9738 // C++ 8.5p11: 9739 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9740 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9741 // class type. 9742 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9743 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9744 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9745 } else if (DirectInit) { 9746 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9747 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9748 } 9749 9750 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9751 } 9752 9753 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9754 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9755 /// of sanity. 9756 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9757 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9758 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9759 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9760 9761 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9762 if (!VD) return; 9763 9764 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9765 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9766 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9767 return; 9768 } 9769 9770 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9771 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9772 9773 // Require a complete type. 9774 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9775 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9776 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9777 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9778 return; 9779 } 9780 9781 // Require a non-abstract type. 9782 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9783 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9784 AbstractVariableType)) { 9785 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9786 return; 9787 } 9788 9789 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9790 // though. 9791 } 9792 9793 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9794 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9795 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9796 if (!RealDecl) 9797 return; 9798 9799 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9800 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9801 9802 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9803 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9804 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9805 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9806 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9807 return; 9808 } 9809 9810 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9811 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9812 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9813 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9814 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9815 // member. 9816 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9817 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9818 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9819 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9820 << Var->getDeclName(); 9821 else 9822 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9823 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9824 return; 9825 } 9826 9827 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9828 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9829 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9830 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9831 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9832 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9833 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9834 return; 9835 } 9836 } 9837 9838 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9839 // be initialized. 9840 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9841 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9842 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9843 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9844 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9845 return; 9846 } 9847 9848 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9849 case VarDecl::Definition: 9850 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9851 break; 9852 9853 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9854 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9855 // a declaration. 9856 // 9857 // Fall through 9858 9859 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9860 // It's only a declaration. 9861 9862 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9863 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9864 // object shall be complete. 9865 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9866 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9867 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9868 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9869 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9870 9871 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9872 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9873 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9874 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9875 AbstractVariableType)) 9876 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9877 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9878 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9879 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9880 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9881 } 9882 9883 return; 9884 9885 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9886 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9887 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9888 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9889 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9890 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9891 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9892 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9893 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9894 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9895 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9896 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9897 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9898 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9899 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9900 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9901 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9902 // NOTE: code such as the following 9903 // static struct s; 9904 // struct s { int a; }; 9905 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9906 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9907 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9908 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9909 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9910 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9911 } 9912 } 9913 9914 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9915 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9916 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9917 return; 9918 } 9919 9920 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9921 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9922 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9923 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9924 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9925 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9926 return; 9927 } 9928 9929 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9930 // definitions with reference type. 9931 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9932 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9933 << Var->getDeclName() 9934 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9935 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9936 return; 9937 } 9938 9939 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9940 // variable with dependent type. 9941 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9942 return; 9943 9944 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9945 return; 9946 9947 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9948 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9949 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9950 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9951 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9952 return; 9953 } 9954 } else { 9955 return; 9956 } 9957 9958 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9959 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9960 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9961 AbstractVariableType)) { 9962 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9963 return; 9964 } 9965 9966 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9967 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9968 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9969 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9970 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9971 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9972 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9973 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9974 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9975 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9976 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9977 if (const RecordType *Record 9978 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9979 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9980 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9981 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9982 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9983 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9984 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9985 } 9986 } 9987 9988 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9989 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9990 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9991 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9992 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9993 // type shall have a user-declared default 9994 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9995 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9996 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9997 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9998 // program is ill-formed. 9999 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10000 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10001 // default-initialized; [...]. 10002 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10003 InitializationKind Kind 10004 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10005 10006 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10007 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10008 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10009 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10010 else if (Init.get()) { 10011 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10012 // This is important for template substitution. 10013 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10014 } 10015 10016 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10017 } 10018 } 10019 10020 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10021 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10022 if (!D) 10023 return; 10024 10025 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10026 if (!VD) { 10027 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10028 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10029 return; 10030 } 10031 10032 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10033 10034 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10035 int Error = -1; 10036 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10037 case SC_None: 10038 break; 10039 case SC_Extern: 10040 Error = 0; 10041 break; 10042 case SC_Static: 10043 Error = 1; 10044 break; 10045 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10046 Error = 2; 10047 break; 10048 case SC_Auto: 10049 Error = 3; 10050 break; 10051 case SC_Register: 10052 Error = 4; 10053 break; 10054 } 10055 if (Error != -1) { 10056 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10057 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10058 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10059 } 10060 } 10061 10062 StmtResult 10063 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10064 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10065 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10066 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10067 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10068 // A range-based for statement of the form 10069 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10070 // is equivalent to 10071 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10072 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10073 10074 const char *PrevSpec; 10075 unsigned DiagID; 10076 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10077 getPrintingPolicy()); 10078 10079 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10080 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10081 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10082 10083 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10084 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10085 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10086 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10087 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10088 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10089 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10090 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10091 } 10092 10093 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10094 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10095 10096 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10097 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10098 // initialiser 10099 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10100 !var->hasInit()) { 10101 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10102 << 1 /*Init*/; 10103 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10104 return; 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10109 // local retaining variable. 10110 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10111 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10112 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10113 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10114 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10115 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10116 break; 10117 10118 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10119 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10120 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10121 break; 10122 } 10123 } 10124 10125 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10126 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10127 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10128 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10129 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10130 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10131 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10132 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10133 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10134 var->getLocation())) { 10135 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10136 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10137 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10138 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10139 10140 if (!prev) 10141 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10142 } 10143 10144 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10145 const Expr *Culprit; 10146 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10147 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10148 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10149 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10150 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10152 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10153 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10154 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10155 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10156 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10157 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10158 // initialization. 10159 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10160 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10161 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10162 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10163 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10164 } 10165 } 10166 10167 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10168 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10169 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10170 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10171 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10172 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10173 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10174 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10175 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10176 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10177 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10178 } else { 10179 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10180 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10181 } 10182 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10183 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10184 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10185 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10186 } 10187 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10188 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10189 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10190 10191 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10192 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10193 // attribute. 10194 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10195 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10196 CurInitSegLoc)); 10197 } 10198 10199 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10200 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10201 10202 QualType type = var->getType(); 10203 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10204 10205 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10206 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10207 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10208 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10209 10210 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10211 // constructing this copy. 10212 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10213 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10214 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10215 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10216 ExprResult result 10217 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10218 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10219 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10220 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10221 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10222 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10223 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10224 } 10225 } 10226 } 10227 10228 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10229 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10230 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10231 10232 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10233 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10234 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10235 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10236 var->getLocation())) { 10237 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10238 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10239 // warned about them. 10240 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10241 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10242 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10243 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10244 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10245 } 10246 10247 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10248 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10249 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10250 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10251 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10252 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10253 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10254 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10255 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10256 Notes.clear(); 10257 } 10258 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10259 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10260 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10261 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10262 } 10263 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10264 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10265 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10266 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10267 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10268 } 10269 } 10270 10271 // Require the destructor. 10272 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10273 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10274 } 10275 10276 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10277 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10278 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10279 return true; 10280 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10281 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10282 return true; 10283 return false; 10284 } 10285 10286 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10287 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10288 void 10289 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10290 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10291 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10292 10293 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10294 if (!VD) 10295 return; 10296 10297 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10298 10299 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10300 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10301 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10302 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10303 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10304 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10305 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10306 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10307 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10308 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10309 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10310 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10311 } 10312 } 10313 } 10314 10315 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10316 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10317 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10318 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10319 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10320 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10321 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10322 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10323 } 10324 } 10325 } 10326 10327 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10328 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10329 // 7.5). CUDA also allows constant initializers for __constant__ and 10330 // __device__ variables. 10331 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10332 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10333 const bool IsGlobal = VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !VD->isStaticLocal(); 10334 if (Init && IsGlobal && 10335 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10336 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10337 bool AllowedInit = false; 10338 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10339 AllowedInit = 10340 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10341 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10342 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10343 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10344 if (!AllowedInit && 10345 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10346 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10347 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10348 10349 if (!AllowedInit) { 10350 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10351 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10352 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10353 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10354 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10355 } 10356 } 10357 } 10358 10359 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10360 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10361 10362 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10363 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10364 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10365 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10366 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10367 // with a warning. 10368 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10369 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10370 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10371 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10372 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10373 10374 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10375 IsClassTemplateMember 10376 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10377 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10378 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10379 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10380 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10381 } 10382 } 10383 10384 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10385 // isn't exported with the variable. 10386 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10387 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10388 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10389 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10390 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10391 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10392 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10393 } else { 10394 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10395 << DLLAttr; 10396 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10397 } 10398 } 10399 10400 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10401 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10402 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10403 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10404 } 10405 } 10406 10407 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10408 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10409 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10410 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10411 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10412 10413 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10414 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10415 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10416 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10417 10418 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10419 // tag values. 10420 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10421 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10422 return; 10423 10424 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10425 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10426 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10427 continue; 10428 } 10429 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10430 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10431 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10432 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10433 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10434 continue; 10435 } 10436 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10437 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10438 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10439 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10440 continue; 10441 } 10442 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10443 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10444 MagicValue, 10445 I->getMatchingCType(), 10446 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10447 I->getMustBeNull()); 10448 } 10449 } 10450 10451 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10452 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10453 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10454 10455 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10456 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10457 10458 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10459 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10460 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10461 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10462 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10463 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10464 Decls.push_back(D); 10465 } 10466 10467 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10468 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10469 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10470 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10471 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10472 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10477 } 10478 10479 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10480 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10481 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10482 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10483 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10484 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10485 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10486 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10487 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10488 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10489 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10490 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10491 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10492 QualType Deduced; 10493 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10494 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10495 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10496 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10497 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10498 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10499 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10500 break; 10501 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10502 if (!U.isNull()) { 10503 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10504 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10505 Deduced = U; 10506 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10507 DeducedDecl = D; 10508 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10509 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10510 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10511 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10512 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10513 << U << D->getDeclName() 10514 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10515 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10516 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10517 break; 10518 } 10519 } 10520 } 10521 } 10522 } 10523 10524 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10525 10526 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10527 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10528 } 10529 10530 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10531 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10532 } 10533 10534 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10535 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10536 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10537 return; 10538 10539 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10540 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10541 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10542 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10543 return; 10544 10545 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10546 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10547 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10548 // additional declaration references: 10549 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10550 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10551 // 'struct S *pS;' 10552 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10553 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10554 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10555 Group = Group.slice(1); 10556 } 10557 } 10558 10559 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10560 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10561 if (!Comments.empty() && 10562 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10563 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10564 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10565 // 10566 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10567 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10568 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10569 // ahead through comments. 10570 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10571 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10572 } 10573 } 10574 10575 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10576 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10577 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10578 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10579 10580 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10581 10582 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10583 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10584 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10585 SC = SC_Register; 10586 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10587 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10588 SC = SC_Auto; 10589 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10590 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10591 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10592 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10593 } 10594 10595 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10596 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10597 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10598 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10599 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10600 << 0; 10601 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10602 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10603 10604 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10605 10606 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10607 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10608 10609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10610 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10611 // parameter. 10612 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10613 10614 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10615 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10616 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10617 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10618 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10619 } 10620 } 10621 10622 // Ensure we have a valid name 10623 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10624 if (D.hasName()) { 10625 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10626 if (!II) { 10627 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10628 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10629 D.setInvalidType(true); 10630 } 10631 } 10632 10633 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10634 if (II) { 10635 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10636 ForRedeclaration); 10637 LookupName(R, S); 10638 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10639 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10640 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10641 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10642 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10643 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10644 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10645 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10646 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10647 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10648 10649 // Recover by removing the name 10650 II = nullptr; 10651 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10652 D.setInvalidType(true); 10653 } 10654 } 10655 } 10656 10657 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10658 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10659 // looking like class members in C++. 10660 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10661 D.getLocStart(), 10662 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10663 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10664 SC); 10665 10666 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10667 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10668 10669 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10670 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10671 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10672 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10673 10674 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10675 S->AddDecl(New); 10676 if (II) 10677 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10678 10679 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10680 10681 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10683 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10684 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10685 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10686 10687 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10689 } 10690 return New; 10691 } 10692 10693 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10694 /// typedef. 10695 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10696 SourceLocation Loc, 10697 QualType T) { 10698 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10699 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10700 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10701 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10702 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10703 SC_None, nullptr); 10704 Param->setImplicit(); 10705 return Param; 10706 } 10707 10708 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10709 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10710 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10711 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10712 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10713 return; 10714 10715 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10716 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10717 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10718 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10719 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10720 } 10721 } 10722 } 10723 10724 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10725 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10726 QualType ReturnTy, 10727 NamedDecl *D) { 10728 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10729 return; 10730 10731 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10732 // threshold. 10733 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10734 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10735 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10736 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10737 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10738 } 10739 10740 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10741 // threshold. 10742 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10743 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10744 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10745 continue; 10746 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10747 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10748 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10749 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10750 } 10751 } 10752 10753 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10754 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10755 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10756 StorageClass SC) { 10757 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10758 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10759 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10760 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10761 10762 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10763 10764 // Special cases for arrays: 10765 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10766 // - otherwise, it's an error 10767 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10768 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10769 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10770 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10771 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10772 } 10773 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10774 } else { 10775 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10776 } 10777 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10778 } 10779 10780 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10781 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10782 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10783 10784 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10785 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10786 // the class has been completely parsed. 10787 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10788 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10789 AbstractParamType)) 10790 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10791 10792 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10793 // passed by reference. 10794 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10795 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10796 Diag(NameLoc, 10797 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10798 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10799 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10800 New->setType(T); 10801 } 10802 10803 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10804 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10805 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10806 // an address space. 10807 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10808 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10809 // to be qualified with an address space. 10810 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10811 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10812 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10813 } 10814 } 10815 10816 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10817 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10818 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10819 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10820 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10821 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10822 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10823 } 10824 } 10825 10826 return New; 10827 } 10828 10829 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10830 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10831 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10832 10833 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10834 // for a K&R function. 10835 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10836 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10837 --i; 10838 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10839 SmallString<256> Code; 10840 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10841 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10842 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10843 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10844 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10845 10846 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10847 // type. 10848 AttributeFactory attrs; 10849 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10850 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10851 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10852 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10853 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10854 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10855 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10856 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10857 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10858 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10859 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10860 } 10861 } 10862 } 10863 } 10864 10865 Decl * 10866 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10867 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10868 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10869 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10870 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10871 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10872 10873 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10874 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10875 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10876 } 10877 10878 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 10879 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 10880 } 10881 10882 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10883 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10884 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10885 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10886 return false; 10887 10888 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10889 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10890 return false; 10891 10892 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10893 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10894 return false; 10895 10896 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10897 if (FD->isMain()) 10898 return false; 10899 10900 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10901 if (FD->isInlined()) 10902 return false; 10903 10904 // Don't warn about function templates. 10905 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10906 return false; 10907 10908 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10909 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10910 return false; 10911 10912 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10913 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10914 return false; 10915 10916 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10917 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10918 return false; 10919 10920 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10921 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10922 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10923 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10924 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10925 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10926 continue; 10927 10928 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10929 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10930 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10931 break; 10932 } 10933 10934 return MissingPrototype; 10935 } 10936 10937 void 10938 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10939 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10940 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10941 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10942 // was an extern inline function. 10943 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10944 if (!Definition) 10945 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10946 return; 10947 10948 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10949 return; 10950 10951 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10952 // a template, skip the new definition. 10953 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10954 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10955 Definition->isInlined() || 10956 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10957 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10958 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10959 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10960 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10961 else 10962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10963 FD->getLocation()); 10964 return; 10965 } 10966 10967 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10968 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10969 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10970 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10971 else 10972 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10973 10974 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10975 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10976 } 10977 10978 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10979 Sema &S) { 10980 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10981 10982 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10983 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10984 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10985 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10986 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10987 10988 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10989 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10990 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10991 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10992 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10993 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10994 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10995 10996 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10997 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10998 10999 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11000 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11001 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11002 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11003 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11004 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11005 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11006 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11007 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11008 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11009 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11010 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11011 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11012 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11013 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11014 11015 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11016 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11017 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11018 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11019 } else { 11020 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11021 } 11022 ++I; 11023 } 11024 } 11025 11026 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11027 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11028 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11029 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11030 11031 if (!D) 11032 return D; 11033 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11034 11035 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11036 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11037 else 11038 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11039 11040 // See if this is a redefinition. 11041 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11042 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11043 11044 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11045 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11046 return D; 11047 } 11048 11049 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11050 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11051 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11052 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11053 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11054 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11055 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11056 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11057 // have the LSI properly restored. 11058 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11059 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11060 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11061 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11062 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11063 } 11064 else 11065 // Enter a new function scope 11066 PushFunctionScope(); 11067 11068 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11069 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11070 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11071 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11072 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11073 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11074 } 11075 } 11076 11077 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11078 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11079 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11080 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11081 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11082 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11083 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11084 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11085 11086 if (FnBodyScope) 11087 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11088 11089 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11090 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11091 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11092 11093 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11094 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11095 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11096 11097 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11098 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11099 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11100 11101 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11102 } 11103 } 11104 11105 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11106 // introduce them into the function scope. 11107 if (FnBodyScope) { 11108 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11109 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11110 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11111 I != E; ++I) { 11112 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11113 11114 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11115 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11116 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11117 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11118 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11119 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11120 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11121 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11122 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11123 } 11124 11125 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11126 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11127 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11128 11129 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11130 // accessible in this scope. 11131 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11132 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11133 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11134 } 11135 } 11136 } 11137 11138 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11139 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11140 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11141 11142 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11143 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11144 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11145 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11146 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11147 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11148 return D; 11149 } 11150 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11151 // a function template). 11152 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11153 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11154 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11155 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11156 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11157 11158 return D; 11159 } 11160 11161 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11162 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11163 /// optimization. 11164 /// 11165 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11166 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11167 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11168 /// use the named return value optimization. 11169 /// 11170 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11171 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11172 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11173 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11174 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11175 11176 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11177 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11178 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11179 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11180 } 11181 } 11182 } 11183 11184 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11185 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11186 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11187 return false; 11188 11189 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11190 // return type (yet). 11191 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11192 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11193 // we can still delay parsing it. 11194 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11195 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11196 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11197 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11198 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11199 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11200 } 11201 } 11202 return false; 11203 } 11204 11205 return true; 11206 } 11207 11208 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11209 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11210 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11211 // rest of the file. 11212 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11213 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11214 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11215 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11216 return false; 11217 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11218 } 11219 11220 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11221 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11222 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11223 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11224 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11225 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11226 } 11227 11228 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11229 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11230 } 11231 11232 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11233 bool IsInstantiation) { 11234 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11235 11236 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11237 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11238 11239 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11240 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11241 11242 if (FD) { 11243 FD->setBody(Body); 11244 11245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11246 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11247 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11248 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11249 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11250 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11251 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11252 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11253 << FD->getReturnType(); 11254 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11255 } else { 11256 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11257 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11258 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11259 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11260 } 11261 } 11262 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11263 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11264 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11265 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11266 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11267 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11268 11269 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11270 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11271 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11272 QualType RetType = 11273 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11274 11275 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11276 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11277 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11278 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11279 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11280 } 11281 } 11282 11283 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11284 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11285 // is the first declaration. 11286 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11287 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11288 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11289 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11290 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11291 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11292 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11293 } 11294 11295 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11296 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11297 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11298 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11299 11300 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11301 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11302 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11303 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11304 11305 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11306 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11307 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11308 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11309 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11310 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11311 11312 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11313 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11314 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11315 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11316 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11317 11318 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11319 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11320 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11321 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11322 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11323 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11324 } 11325 11326 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11327 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11328 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11329 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11330 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11331 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11332 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11333 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11334 11335 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11336 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11337 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11338 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11339 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11340 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11341 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11342 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11343 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11344 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11345 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11346 } 11347 } 11348 } 11349 11350 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11351 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11352 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11353 MD->isVirtual() && 11354 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11355 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11356 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11357 if (FD->isInlined() && 11358 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11359 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11360 11361 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11362 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11363 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11364 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11365 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11366 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11367 } else { 11368 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11369 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11370 } 11371 } 11372 } 11373 11374 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11375 "Function parsing confused"); 11376 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11377 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11378 MD->setBody(Body); 11379 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11380 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11381 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11382 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11383 11384 if (Body) 11385 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11386 } 11387 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11388 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11389 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11390 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11391 } 11392 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11393 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11394 bool isDesignated = 11395 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11396 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11397 (void)isDesignated; 11398 11399 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11400 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11401 if (!IFace) 11402 return false; 11403 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11404 if (!SuperD) 11405 return false; 11406 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11407 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11408 }; 11409 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11410 // of NSObject. 11411 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11412 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11413 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11414 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11415 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11416 } 11417 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11418 } 11419 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11420 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11421 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11422 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11423 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11424 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11425 } 11426 } else { 11427 return nullptr; 11428 } 11429 11430 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11431 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11432 "handled in the block above."); 11433 11434 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11435 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11436 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11437 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11438 // Verify this. 11439 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11440 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11441 11442 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11443 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11444 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11445 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11446 11447 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11448 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11449 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11450 11451 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11452 Destructor->getParent()); 11453 } 11454 11455 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11456 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11457 // deletion in some later function. 11458 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11459 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11460 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11461 } 11462 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11463 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11464 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11465 // enabled. 11466 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11467 } 11468 11469 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11470 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11471 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11472 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11473 11474 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11475 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11476 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11477 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11478 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11479 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11480 break; 11481 } 11482 } 11483 } 11484 11485 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11486 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11487 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11488 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11489 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11490 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11491 } 11492 11493 if (!IsInstantiation) 11494 PopDeclContext(); 11495 11496 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11497 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11498 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11499 // deletion in some later function. 11500 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11501 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11502 } 11503 11504 return dcl; 11505 } 11506 11507 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11508 /// relevant Decl. 11509 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11510 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11511 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11512 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11513 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11514 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11515 11516 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11517 if (Method->isStatic()) 11518 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11519 } 11520 11521 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11522 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11523 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11524 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11525 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11526 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11527 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11528 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11529 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11530 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11531 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11532 return ExternCPrev; 11533 } 11534 11535 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11536 unsigned diag_id; 11537 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11538 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11539 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11540 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11541 else 11542 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11543 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11544 11545 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11546 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11547 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11548 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11549 if (S && 11550 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11551 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11552 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11553 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11554 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11555 } 11556 11557 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11558 const char *Dummy; 11559 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11560 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11561 unsigned DiagID; 11562 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11563 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11564 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11565 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11566 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11567 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11568 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11569 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11570 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11571 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11572 /*NumParams=*/0, 11573 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11574 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11575 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11576 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11577 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11578 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11579 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11580 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11581 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11582 EST_None, 11583 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11584 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11585 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11586 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11587 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11588 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11589 Loc, Loc, D), 11590 DS.getAttributes(), 11591 SourceLocation()); 11592 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11593 11594 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11595 11596 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11597 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11598 11599 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11600 FD->setImplicit(); 11601 11602 CurContext = PrevDC; 11603 11604 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11605 11606 return FD; 11607 } 11608 11609 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11610 /// the declaration of this function. 11611 /// 11612 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11613 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11614 /// like NSLog or printf. 11615 /// 11616 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11617 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11618 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11619 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11620 return; 11621 11622 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11623 // actual attributes. 11624 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11625 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11626 unsigned FormatIdx; 11627 bool HasVAListArg; 11628 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11629 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11630 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11631 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11632 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11633 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11634 fmt = "NSString"; 11635 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11636 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11637 FormatIdx+1, 11638 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11639 FD->getLocation())); 11640 } 11641 } 11642 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11643 HasVAListArg)) { 11644 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11645 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11646 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11647 FormatIdx+1, 11648 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11649 FD->getLocation())); 11650 } 11651 11652 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11653 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11654 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11655 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11656 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11657 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11658 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11659 } 11660 11661 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11662 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11663 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11664 FD->getLocation())); 11665 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11666 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11667 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11668 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11669 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11670 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11671 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11672 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11673 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11674 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11675 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11676 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11677 else 11678 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11679 } 11680 } 11681 11682 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11683 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11684 // across. 11685 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11686 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11687 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11688 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11689 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11690 } 11691 11692 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11693 if (!Name) 11694 return; 11695 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11696 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11697 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11698 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11699 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11700 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11701 // about. 11702 } else 11703 return; 11704 11705 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11706 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11707 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11708 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11709 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11710 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11711 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11712 FD->getLocation())); 11713 } 11714 11715 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11716 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11717 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11718 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11719 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11720 FD->getLocation())); 11721 } 11722 } 11723 11724 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11725 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11726 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11727 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11728 11729 if (!TInfo) { 11730 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11731 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11732 } 11733 11734 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11735 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11736 D.getLocStart(), 11737 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11738 D.getIdentifier(), 11739 TInfo); 11740 11741 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11742 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11743 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11744 return NewTD; 11745 } 11746 11747 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11748 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11749 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11750 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11751 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11752 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11753 else 11754 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11755 } 11756 11757 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11758 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11759 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11760 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11761 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11762 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11763 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11764 case TST_enum: 11765 case TST_struct: 11766 case TST_interface: 11767 case TST_union: 11768 case TST_class: { 11769 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11770 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11771 break; 11772 } 11773 11774 default: 11775 break; 11776 } 11777 11778 return NewTD; 11779 } 11780 11781 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11782 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11783 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11784 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11785 11786 if (T->isDependentType()) 11787 return false; 11788 11789 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11790 if (BT->isInteger()) 11791 return false; 11792 11793 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11794 return true; 11795 } 11796 11797 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11798 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11799 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11800 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11801 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11802 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11803 11804 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11805 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11806 << Prev->isScoped(); 11807 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11808 return true; 11809 } 11810 11811 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11812 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11813 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11814 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11815 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11816 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11817 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11818 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11819 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11820 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11821 return true; 11822 } 11823 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11824 ; 11825 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11826 ; 11827 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11828 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11829 << Prev->isFixed(); 11830 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11831 return true; 11832 } 11833 11834 return false; 11835 } 11836 11837 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11838 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11839 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11840 /// 11841 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11842 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11843 switch (Tag) { 11844 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11845 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11846 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11847 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11848 } 11849 } 11850 11851 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11852 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11853 /// 11854 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11855 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11856 { 11857 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11858 } 11859 11860 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11861 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11862 /// 11863 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11864 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11865 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11866 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11867 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11868 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11869 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11870 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11871 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11872 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11873 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11874 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11875 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11876 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11877 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11878 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11879 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11880 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11881 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11882 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11883 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11884 return true; 11885 11886 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11887 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11888 bool isTemplate = false; 11889 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11890 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11891 11892 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11893 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11894 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11895 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11896 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11897 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11898 return true; 11899 } 11900 11901 if (isDefinition) { 11902 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11903 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11904 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11905 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11906 return true; 11907 } 11908 11909 bool previousMismatch = false; 11910 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11911 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11912 if (!previousMismatch) { 11913 previousMismatch = true; 11914 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11915 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11916 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11917 } 11918 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11919 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11920 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11921 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11922 } 11923 } 11924 return true; 11925 } 11926 11927 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11928 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11929 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11930 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11931 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11932 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11933 return true; 11934 } 11935 11936 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11937 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11938 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11939 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11940 11941 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11942 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11943 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11944 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11945 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11946 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11947 } 11948 11949 return true; 11950 } 11951 return false; 11952 } 11953 11954 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11955 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11956 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11957 /// namespace N { 11958 /// struct X; 11959 /// namespace M { 11960 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11961 /// } 11962 /// } 11963 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11964 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11965 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11966 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11967 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11968 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11969 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11970 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11971 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11972 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11973 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11974 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11975 return FixItHint(); 11976 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11977 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11978 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11979 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11980 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11981 break; 11982 } 11983 11984 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11985 // build an NNS. 11986 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11987 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11988 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11989 OS << "::"; 11990 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11991 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11992 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11993 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11994 } 11995 11996 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11997 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11998 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11999 /// using-declaration). 12000 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12001 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12002 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12003 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12004 12005 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12006 return true; 12007 12008 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12009 // encloses the other). 12010 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12011 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12012 return true; 12013 12014 return false; 12015 } 12016 12017 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12018 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12019 /// nothing. 12020 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12021 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12022 DC = DC->getParent(); 12023 return DC; 12024 } 12025 12026 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12027 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12028 /// nothing. 12029 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12030 while (S->isClassScope() || 12031 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12032 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12033 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12034 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12035 S = S->getParent(); 12036 return S; 12037 } 12038 12039 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12040 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12041 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12042 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12043 /// 12044 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12045 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12046 /// 12047 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12048 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12049 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12050 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12051 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12052 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12053 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12054 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12055 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12056 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12057 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12058 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12059 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12060 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12061 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12062 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12063 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12064 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12065 12066 OwnedDecl = false; 12067 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12068 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12069 12070 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12071 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12072 bool Invalid = false; 12073 12074 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12075 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12076 // for non-C++ cases. 12077 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12078 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12079 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12080 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12081 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12082 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12083 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12084 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12085 return nullptr; 12086 } 12087 12088 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12089 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12090 // be a member of another template). 12091 12092 if (Invalid) 12093 return nullptr; 12094 12095 OwnedDecl = false; 12096 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12097 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12098 TemplateParams, AS, 12099 ModulePrivateLoc, 12100 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12101 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12102 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12103 SkipBody); 12104 return Result.get(); 12105 } else { 12106 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12107 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12108 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12109 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12110 } 12111 } 12112 } 12113 12114 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12115 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12116 // redeclaration. 12117 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12118 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12119 12120 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12121 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12122 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12123 // type, default to int. 12124 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12125 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12126 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12127 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12128 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12129 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12130 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12131 12132 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12133 // Recover by falling back to int. 12134 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12135 12136 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12137 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12138 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12139 12140 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12141 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12142 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12143 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12144 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12145 } 12146 } 12147 } 12148 12149 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12150 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12151 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12152 12153 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12154 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12155 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12156 12157 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12158 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12159 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12160 12161 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12162 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12163 Name = nullptr; 12164 goto CreateNewDecl; 12165 } 12166 12167 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12168 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12169 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12170 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12171 if (!DC) { 12172 IsDependent = true; 12173 return nullptr; 12174 } 12175 } else { 12176 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12177 if (!DC) { 12178 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12179 << SS.getRange(); 12180 return nullptr; 12181 } 12182 } 12183 12184 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12185 return nullptr; 12186 12187 SearchDC = DC; 12188 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12189 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12190 12191 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12192 return nullptr; 12193 12194 if (Previous.empty()) { 12195 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12196 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12197 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12198 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12199 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12200 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12201 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12202 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12203 IsDependent = true; 12204 return nullptr; 12205 } 12206 12207 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12208 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12209 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12210 Name = nullptr; 12211 Invalid = true; 12212 goto CreateNewDecl; 12213 } 12214 } else if (Name) { 12215 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12216 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12217 // name different from T: 12218 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12219 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12220 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12221 return nullptr; 12222 12223 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12224 // declaration or definition. 12225 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12226 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12227 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12228 LookupName(Previous, S); 12229 12230 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12231 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12232 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12233 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12234 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12235 while (F.hasNext()) { 12236 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12237 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12238 F.erase(); 12239 } 12240 F.done(); 12241 } 12242 12243 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12244 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12245 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12246 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12247 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12248 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12249 // 12250 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12251 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12252 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12253 // 12254 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12255 // semantic context? 12256 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12257 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12258 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12259 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12260 while (F.hasNext()) { 12261 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12262 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12263 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12264 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12265 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12266 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12267 else 12268 F.erase(); 12269 } 12270 } 12271 F.done(); 12272 12273 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12274 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12275 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12276 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12277 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12278 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12279 } 12280 } 12281 12282 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12283 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12284 return nullptr; 12285 12286 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12287 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12288 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12289 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12290 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12291 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12292 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12293 } 12294 } 12295 12296 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12297 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12298 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12299 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12300 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12301 Previous.clear(); 12302 } 12303 12304 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12305 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12306 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12307 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12308 12309 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12310 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12311 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12312 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12313 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12314 } 12315 } 12316 12317 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12318 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12319 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12320 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12321 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12322 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12323 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12324 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12325 12326 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12327 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12328 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12329 // 12330 // class-key identifier 12331 // 12332 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12333 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12334 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12335 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12336 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12337 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12338 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12339 // declaration. 12340 // 12341 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12342 // C structs and unions. 12343 // 12344 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12345 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12346 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12347 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12348 // 12349 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12350 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12351 // 12352 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12353 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12354 // lexical context, 12355 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12356 12357 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12358 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12359 } else { 12360 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12361 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12362 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12363 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12364 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12365 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12366 } 12367 12368 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12369 // diagnose some problems. 12370 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12371 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12372 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12373 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12375 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12376 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12377 } else { 12378 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12379 LookupName(Previous, S); 12380 } 12381 } 12382 12383 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12384 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12385 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12386 12387 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12388 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12389 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12390 12391 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12392 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12393 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12394 // in C++. 12395 // 12396 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12397 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12398 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12399 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12400 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12401 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12402 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12403 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12404 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12405 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12406 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12407 PrevDecl = Tag; 12408 Previous.clear(); 12409 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12410 Previous.resolveKind(); 12411 } 12412 } 12413 } 12414 } 12415 12416 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12417 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12418 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12419 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12420 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12421 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12422 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12423 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12424 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12425 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12426 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12427 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12428 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12429 << 0; 12430 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12431 Previous.clear(); 12432 goto CreateNewDecl; 12433 } 12434 } 12435 12436 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12437 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12438 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12439 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12440 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12441 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12442 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12443 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12444 // struct or something similar. 12445 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12446 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12447 Name)) { 12448 bool SafeToContinue 12449 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12450 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12451 if (SafeToContinue) 12452 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12453 << Name 12454 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12455 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12456 else 12457 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12458 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12459 12460 if (SafeToContinue) 12461 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12462 else { 12463 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12464 Name = nullptr; 12465 Previous.clear(); 12466 Invalid = true; 12467 } 12468 } 12469 12470 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12471 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12472 12473 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12474 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12475 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12476 if (ScopedEnum) 12477 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12478 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12479 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12480 return PrevTagDecl; 12481 } 12482 12483 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12484 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12485 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12486 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12487 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12488 12489 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12490 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12491 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12492 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12493 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12494 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12495 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12496 } 12497 12498 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12499 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12500 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12501 // and then later defined. 12502 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12503 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12504 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12505 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12506 } 12507 12508 if (!Invalid) { 12509 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12510 // we have attributes. 12511 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12512 if (Attr) { 12513 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12514 // declaration to hold them. 12515 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12516 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12517 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12518 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12519 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12520 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12521 SS.isEmpty()) { 12522 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12523 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12524 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12525 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12526 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12527 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12528 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12529 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12530 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12531 return PrevTagDecl; 12532 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12533 // that scope. 12534 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12535 } else { 12536 return PrevTagDecl; 12537 } 12538 } 12539 12540 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12541 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12542 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12543 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12544 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12545 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12546 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12547 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12548 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12549 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12550 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12551 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12552 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12553 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12554 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12555 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12556 } 12557 12558 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12559 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12560 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12561 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12562 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12563 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12564 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12565 // use it in place of this one. 12566 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12567 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12568 return Def; 12569 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12570 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12571 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12572 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12574 else 12575 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12576 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12577 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12578 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12579 // references get the previous definition. 12580 Name = nullptr; 12581 Previous.clear(); 12582 Invalid = true; 12583 } 12584 } else { 12585 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12586 // about a nested redefinition. 12587 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12588 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12589 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12590 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12591 diag::note_previous_definition); 12592 Name = nullptr; 12593 Previous.clear(); 12594 Invalid = true; 12595 } 12596 } 12597 12598 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12599 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12600 } 12601 12602 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12603 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12604 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12605 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12606 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12607 AS = AS_none; 12608 } 12609 } 12610 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12611 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12612 12613 } else { 12614 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12615 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12616 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12617 // have distinct types. 12618 Previous.clear(); 12619 } 12620 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12621 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12622 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12623 12624 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12625 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12626 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12627 } else { 12628 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12629 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12630 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12631 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12632 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12633 unsigned Kind = 0; 12634 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12635 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12636 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12637 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12638 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12639 Invalid = true; 12640 12641 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12642 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12643 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12644 // do nothing 12645 12646 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12647 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12648 unsigned Kind = 0; 12649 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12650 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12651 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12652 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12653 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12654 Invalid = true; 12655 12656 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12657 // case here. 12658 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12659 unsigned Kind = 0; 12660 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12661 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12662 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12663 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12664 Invalid = true; 12665 12666 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12667 } else { 12668 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12669 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12670 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12671 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12672 Name = nullptr; 12673 Invalid = true; 12674 } 12675 12676 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12677 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12678 Previous.clear(); 12679 } 12680 } 12681 12682 CreateNewDecl: 12683 12684 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12685 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12686 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12687 12688 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12689 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12690 // keyword. 12691 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12692 12693 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12694 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12695 // PrevDecl. 12696 TagDecl *New; 12697 12698 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12699 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12700 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12701 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12702 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12703 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12704 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12705 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12706 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12707 TagDecl *Def; 12708 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12709 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12710 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12711 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12712 } 12713 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12714 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12715 << New; 12716 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12717 } else { 12718 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12719 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12720 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12721 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12722 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12723 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12724 12725 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12726 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12727 // the declaration context. 12728 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12729 IsForwardReference = true; 12730 } 12731 } 12732 12733 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12734 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12735 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12736 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12737 else 12738 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12739 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12740 } 12741 } else { 12742 // struct/union/class 12743 12744 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12745 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12747 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12748 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12749 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12750 12751 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12752 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12753 } else 12754 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12755 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12756 } 12757 12758 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12759 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12762 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12763 Invalid = true; 12764 } 12765 12766 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12767 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12768 if (SS.isSet()) { 12769 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12770 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12771 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12772 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12773 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12774 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12775 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12776 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12777 Invalid = true; 12778 12779 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12780 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12781 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12782 } 12783 } 12784 else 12785 Invalid = true; 12786 } 12787 12788 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12789 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12790 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12791 // 12792 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12793 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12794 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12795 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12796 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12797 // parsing of the struct). 12798 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12799 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12800 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12801 } 12802 } 12803 12804 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12805 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12806 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12807 << 2 12808 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12809 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12810 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12811 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12812 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12813 New->setModulePrivate(); 12814 } 12815 12816 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12817 // check the specialization. 12818 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12819 Invalid = true; 12820 12821 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12822 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12823 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12824 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12825 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12826 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12827 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12828 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12829 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12830 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12831 << Name; 12832 Invalid = true; 12833 } 12834 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12835 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12836 } 12837 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12838 } 12839 12840 if (Invalid) 12841 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12842 12843 if (Attr) 12844 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12845 12846 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12847 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12848 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12849 12850 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12851 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12852 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12853 // the tag name visible. 12854 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12855 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12856 12857 // Set the access specifier. 12858 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12859 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12860 12861 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12862 New->startDefinition(); 12863 12864 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12865 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12866 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12867 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12868 if (PrevDecl) 12869 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12870 12871 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12872 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12873 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12874 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12875 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12876 } else if (Name) { 12877 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12878 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12879 if (IsForwardReference) 12880 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12881 } else { 12882 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12883 } 12884 12885 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12886 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12887 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12888 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12889 II->isStr("FILE")) 12890 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12891 12892 if (PrevDecl) 12893 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12894 12895 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12896 // record. 12897 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12898 12899 OwnedDecl = true; 12900 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12901 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12902 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12903 } 12904 12905 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12906 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12907 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12908 12909 // Enter the tag context. 12910 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12911 12912 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12913 12914 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12915 // record. 12916 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12917 } 12918 12919 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12920 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12921 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12922 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12923 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12924 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12925 CurContext = OCD; 12926 return IDecl; 12927 } 12928 12929 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12930 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12931 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12932 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12933 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12934 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12935 12936 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12937 12938 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12939 return; 12940 12941 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12942 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12943 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12944 12945 // C++ [class]p2: 12946 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12947 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12948 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12949 // as if it were a public member name. 12950 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12951 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12952 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12953 Record->getIdentifier(), 12954 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12955 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12956 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12957 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12958 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12959 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12960 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12961 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12962 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12963 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12964 } 12965 12966 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12967 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12968 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12969 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12970 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12971 12972 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12973 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12974 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12975 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12976 RD->completeDefinition(); 12977 } 12978 12979 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12980 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12981 12982 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12983 PopDeclContext(); 12984 12985 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12986 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12987 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12988 12989 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12990 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12991 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12992 } 12993 12994 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12995 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12996 PopDeclContext(); 12997 } 12998 12999 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13000 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13001 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13002 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13003 } 13004 13005 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13006 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13007 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13008 } 13009 13010 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13011 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13012 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13013 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13014 13015 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13016 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13017 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13018 RD->completeDefinition(); 13019 } 13020 13021 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13022 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13023 // the FieldCollector. 13024 13025 PopDeclContext(); 13026 } 13027 13028 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13029 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13030 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13031 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13032 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13033 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13034 if (ZeroWidth) 13035 *ZeroWidth = true; 13036 13037 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13038 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13039 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13040 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13041 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13042 return ExprError(); 13043 if (FieldName) 13044 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13045 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13046 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13047 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13048 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13049 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13050 return ExprError(); 13051 13052 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13053 // it now. 13054 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13055 return BitWidth; 13056 13057 llvm::APSInt Value; 13058 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13059 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13060 return ICE; 13061 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13062 13063 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13064 *ZeroWidth = false; 13065 13066 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13067 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13068 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13069 13070 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13071 if (FieldName) 13072 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13073 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13074 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13075 << Value.toString(10); 13076 } 13077 13078 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13079 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13080 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13081 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13082 13083 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13084 // ABI. 13085 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13086 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13087 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13088 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13089 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13090 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13091 unsigned DiagWidth = 13092 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13093 if (FieldName) 13094 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13095 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13096 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13097 13098 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13099 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13100 << DiagWidth; 13101 } 13102 13103 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13104 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13105 // 'bool'. 13106 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13107 if (FieldName) 13108 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13109 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13110 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13111 else 13112 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13113 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13114 } 13115 } 13116 13117 return BitWidth; 13118 } 13119 13120 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13121 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13122 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13123 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13124 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13125 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13126 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13127 return Res; 13128 } 13129 13130 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13131 /// 13132 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13133 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13134 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13135 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13136 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13137 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13138 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13139 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13140 13141 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13142 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13143 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13144 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13145 13146 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13147 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13148 D.setInvalidType(); 13149 T = Context.IntTy; 13150 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13151 } 13152 } 13153 13154 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13155 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13156 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13157 D.setInvalidType(); 13158 } 13159 13160 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13161 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13162 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13163 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13165 D.setInvalidType(); 13166 } 13167 13168 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13169 13170 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13171 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13172 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13173 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13174 13175 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13176 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13177 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13178 LookupName(Previous, S); 13179 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13180 case LookupResult::Found: 13181 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13182 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13183 break; 13184 13185 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13186 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13187 break; 13188 13189 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13190 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13191 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13192 break; 13193 } 13194 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13195 13196 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13197 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13198 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13199 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13200 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13201 } 13202 13203 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13204 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13205 13206 bool Mutable 13207 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13208 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13209 FieldDecl *NewFD 13210 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13211 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13212 13213 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13214 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13215 13216 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13217 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13218 13219 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13220 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13221 // with the same name in the same scope. 13222 } else if (II) { 13223 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13224 } else 13225 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13226 13227 return NewFD; 13228 } 13229 13230 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13231 /// 13232 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13233 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13234 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13235 /// created. 13236 /// 13237 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13238 /// 13239 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13240 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13241 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13242 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13243 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13244 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13245 SourceLocation TSSL, 13246 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13247 Declarator *D) { 13248 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13249 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13250 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13251 13252 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13253 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13254 if (T.isNull()) { 13255 InvalidDecl = true; 13256 T = Context.IntTy; 13257 } 13258 13259 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13260 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13261 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13262 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13263 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13264 InvalidDecl = true; 13265 } else { 13266 NamedDecl *Def; 13267 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13268 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13269 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13270 InvalidDecl = true; 13271 } 13272 } 13273 } 13274 13275 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13276 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13278 InvalidDecl = true; 13279 } 13280 13281 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13282 // than a variably modified type. 13283 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13284 bool SizeIsNegative; 13285 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13286 13287 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13288 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13289 SizeIsNegative, 13290 Oversized); 13291 if (FixedTInfo) { 13292 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13293 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13294 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13295 } else { 13296 if (SizeIsNegative) 13297 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13298 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13300 << Oversized.toString(10); 13301 else 13302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13303 InvalidDecl = true; 13304 } 13305 } 13306 13307 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13308 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13309 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13310 AbstractFieldType)) 13311 InvalidDecl = true; 13312 13313 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13314 if (InvalidDecl) 13315 BitWidth = nullptr; 13316 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13317 if (BitWidth) { 13318 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13319 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13320 if (!BitWidth) { 13321 InvalidDecl = true; 13322 BitWidth = nullptr; 13323 ZeroWidth = false; 13324 } 13325 } 13326 13327 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13328 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13329 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13330 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13331 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13332 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13333 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13334 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13335 13336 if (DiagID) { 13337 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13338 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13339 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13340 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13341 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13342 Mutable = false; 13343 InvalidDecl = true; 13344 } 13345 } 13346 } 13347 13348 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13349 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13350 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13351 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13352 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13353 13354 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13355 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13356 if (InvalidDecl) 13357 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13358 13359 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13361 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13362 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13363 } 13364 13365 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13366 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13367 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13368 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13369 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13370 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13371 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13372 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13373 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13374 // objects. 13375 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13377 } 13378 } 13379 13380 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13381 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13382 // enabled. 13383 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13384 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13385 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13386 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13387 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13388 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13389 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13390 } 13391 } 13392 } 13393 13394 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13395 // representation, not a parser representation. 13396 if (D) { 13397 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13398 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13399 13400 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13401 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13402 } 13403 13404 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13405 // retainable type. 13406 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13407 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13408 13409 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13410 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13411 13412 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13413 return NewFD; 13414 } 13415 13416 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13417 assert(FD); 13418 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13419 13420 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13421 return false; 13422 13423 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13424 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13425 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13426 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13427 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13428 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13429 // copy constructors. 13430 13431 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13432 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13433 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13434 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13435 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13436 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13437 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13438 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13439 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13440 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13441 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13442 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13443 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13444 member = CXXDestructor; 13445 13446 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13447 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13448 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13449 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13450 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13451 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13452 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13453 // members unavailable. 13454 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13455 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13456 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13457 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13458 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13459 return false; 13460 } 13461 } 13462 13463 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13464 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13465 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13466 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13467 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13468 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13469 } 13470 } 13471 } 13472 13473 return false; 13474 } 13475 13476 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13477 /// AST enum value. 13478 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13479 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13480 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13481 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13482 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13483 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13484 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13485 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13486 } 13487 } 13488 13489 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13490 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13491 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13492 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13493 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13494 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13495 13496 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13497 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13498 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13499 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13500 13501 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13502 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13503 13504 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13505 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13506 13507 if (BitWidth) { 13508 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13509 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13510 if (!BitWidth) 13511 D.setInvalidType(); 13512 } else { 13513 // Not a bitfield. 13514 13515 // validate II. 13516 13517 } 13518 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13519 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13520 D.setInvalidType(); 13521 } 13522 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13523 // than a variably modified type. 13524 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13525 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13526 D.setInvalidType(); 13527 } 13528 13529 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13530 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13531 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13532 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13533 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13534 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13535 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13536 return nullptr; 13537 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13538 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13539 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13540 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13541 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13542 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13543 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13544 } 13545 else 13546 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13547 } else { 13548 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13549 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13550 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13551 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13552 return nullptr; 13553 } 13554 } 13555 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13556 } 13557 13558 // Construct the decl. 13559 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13560 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13561 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13562 13563 if (II) { 13564 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13565 ForRedeclaration); 13566 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13567 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13569 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13570 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13571 } 13572 } 13573 13574 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13575 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13576 13577 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13578 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13579 13580 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13581 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13582 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13583 13584 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13585 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13586 13587 if (II) { 13588 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13589 // these to the interface. 13590 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13591 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13592 } 13593 13594 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13595 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13596 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13597 13598 return NewID; 13599 } 13600 13601 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13602 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13603 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13604 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13605 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13606 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13607 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13608 return; 13609 13610 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13611 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13612 13613 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13614 return; 13615 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13616 if (!ID) { 13617 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13618 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13619 return; 13620 } 13621 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13622 else 13623 return; 13624 } 13625 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13626 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13627 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13628 13629 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13630 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13631 Context.CharTy, 13632 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13633 DeclLoc), 13634 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13635 true); 13636 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13637 } 13638 13639 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13640 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13641 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13642 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13643 13644 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13645 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13646 // it will now change. 13647 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13648 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13649 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13650 default: break; 13651 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13652 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13653 break; 13654 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13655 Context. 13656 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13657 break; 13658 } 13659 } 13660 13661 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13662 13663 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13664 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13665 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13666 if (Record) { 13667 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13668 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13669 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13670 ++NumNamedMembers; 13671 } 13672 } 13673 13674 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13675 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13676 13677 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13678 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13679 i != end; ++i) { 13680 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13681 13682 // Get the type for the field. 13683 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13684 13685 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13686 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13687 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13688 } 13689 13690 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13691 // diagnostics about it. 13692 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13693 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13694 continue; 13695 } 13696 13697 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13698 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13699 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13700 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13701 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13702 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13703 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13704 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13705 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13706 // array. 13707 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13708 // Field declared as a function. 13709 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13710 << FD->getDeclName(); 13711 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13712 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13713 continue; 13714 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13715 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13716 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13717 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13718 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13719 // Flexible array member. 13720 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13721 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13722 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13723 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13724 if (Record->isUnion()) 13725 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13726 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13727 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13728 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13729 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13730 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13731 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13732 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13733 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13734 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13735 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13736 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13737 : 0; 13738 13739 if (DiagID) 13740 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13741 << Record->getTagKind(); 13742 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13743 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13744 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13745 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13746 // of the type. 13747 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13748 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13749 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13750 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13751 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13752 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13753 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13754 13755 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13756 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13757 // 13758 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13759 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13760 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13761 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13762 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13763 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13764 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13765 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13766 continue; 13767 } 13768 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13769 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13770 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13771 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13772 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13773 // Incomplete type 13774 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13775 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13776 continue; 13777 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13778 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13779 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13780 // flexible array member. 13781 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13782 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13783 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13784 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13785 // structures. 13786 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13787 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13788 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13789 else { 13790 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13791 // other structs as an extension. 13792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13793 << FD->getDeclName(); 13794 } 13795 } 13796 } 13797 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13798 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13799 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13800 AbstractIvarType)) { 13801 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13802 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13803 } 13804 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13805 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13806 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13807 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13808 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13809 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13810 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13811 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13812 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13813 FD->setType(T); 13814 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13815 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13816 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13817 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13818 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13819 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13820 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13821 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13822 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13823 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13824 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13825 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13826 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13827 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13828 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13829 } 13830 } else { 13831 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13832 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13833 } 13834 ARCErrReported = true; 13835 } 13836 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13837 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13838 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13839 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13840 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13841 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13842 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13843 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13844 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13845 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13846 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13847 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13848 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13849 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13850 } 13851 } 13852 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13853 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13854 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13855 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13856 ++NumNamedMembers; 13857 } 13858 13859 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13860 if (Record) { 13861 bool Completed = false; 13862 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13863 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13864 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13865 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13866 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13867 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13868 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13869 } 13870 13871 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13872 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13873 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13874 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13875 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13876 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13877 } 13878 13879 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13880 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13881 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13882 13883 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13884 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13885 // problem now. 13886 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13887 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13888 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13889 13890 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13891 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13892 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13893 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13894 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13895 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13896 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13897 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13898 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13899 continue; 13900 13901 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13902 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13903 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13904 // program is ill-formed. 13905 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13906 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13907 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13908 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13909 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13910 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13911 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13912 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13913 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13914 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13915 13916 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13917 } 13918 } 13919 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13920 Completed = true; 13921 } 13922 } 13923 } 13924 } 13925 13926 if (!Completed) 13927 Record->completeDefinition(); 13928 13929 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13930 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13931 13932 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13933 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13934 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13935 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13936 } 13937 13938 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13939 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13940 // compatibility problems. 13941 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13942 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13943 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13944 } else { 13945 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13946 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13947 CheckForZeroSize = 13948 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13949 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13950 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13951 } 13952 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13953 bool ZeroSize = true; 13954 bool IsEmpty = true; 13955 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13956 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13957 E = Record->field_end(); 13958 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13959 IsEmpty = false; 13960 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13961 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13962 ZeroSize = false; 13963 } else { 13964 ++NonBitFields; 13965 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13966 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13967 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13968 ZeroSize = false; 13969 } 13970 } 13971 13972 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13973 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13974 // extern "C" block. 13975 if (ZeroSize) { 13976 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13977 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13978 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13979 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13980 } 13981 13982 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13983 // but are accepted by GCC. 13984 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13985 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13986 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13987 << Record->isUnion(); 13988 } 13989 } 13990 } else { 13991 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13992 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13993 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13994 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13995 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13997 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13998 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13999 } 14000 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14001 // duplicates. 14002 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14003 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14004 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14005 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14006 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14007 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14008 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14009 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14010 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14011 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14012 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14013 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14014 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14015 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14016 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14017 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14018 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14019 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14020 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14021 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14022 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14023 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14024 if (IDecl) { 14025 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14026 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14027 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14028 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14029 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14030 continue; 14031 } 14032 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14033 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14034 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14035 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14036 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14037 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14038 continue; 14039 } 14040 } 14041 } 14042 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14043 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14044 } 14045 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14046 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14047 } 14048 } 14049 14050 if (Attr) 14051 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14052 } 14053 14054 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14055 /// the given type T. 14056 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14057 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14058 QualType T) { 14059 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14060 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14061 14062 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14063 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14064 --BitWidth; 14065 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14066 } 14067 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14068 } 14069 14070 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14071 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14072 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14073 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14074 // enum checking below. 14075 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14076 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14077 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14078 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14079 }; 14080 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14081 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14082 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14083 }; 14084 14085 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14086 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14087 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14088 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14089 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14090 return Types[I]; 14091 14092 return QualType(); 14093 } 14094 14095 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14096 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14097 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14098 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14099 Expr *Val) { 14100 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14101 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14102 QualType EltTy; 14103 14104 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14105 Val = nullptr; 14106 14107 if (Val) 14108 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14109 14110 if (Val) { 14111 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14112 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14113 else { 14114 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14116 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14117 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14118 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14119 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14120 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14121 ExprResult Converted = 14122 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14123 CCEK_Enumerator); 14124 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14125 Val = nullptr; 14126 else 14127 Val = Converted.get(); 14128 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14129 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14130 &EnumVal).get())) { 14131 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14132 } else { 14133 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14134 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14135 14136 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14137 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14138 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14139 // expression checking. 14140 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14141 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14142 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14143 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14144 } else 14145 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14146 } else 14147 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14148 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14149 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14150 .get(); 14151 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14152 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14153 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14154 // is the type of its initializing value: 14155 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14156 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14157 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14158 } else { 14159 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14160 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14161 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14162 // representable as an int. 14163 14164 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14165 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14166 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14167 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14168 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14169 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14170 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14171 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14172 } 14173 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14174 } 14175 } 14176 } 14177 } 14178 14179 if (!Val) { 14180 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14181 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14182 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14183 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14184 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14185 // is the type of its initializing value: 14186 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14187 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14188 // 14189 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14190 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14191 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14192 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14193 } 14194 else { 14195 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14196 } 14197 } else { 14198 // Assign the last value + 1. 14199 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14200 ++EnumVal; 14201 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14202 14203 // Check for overflow on increment. 14204 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14205 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14206 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14207 // is the type of its initializing value: 14208 // 14209 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14210 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14211 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14212 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14213 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14214 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14215 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14216 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14217 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14218 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14219 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14220 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14221 ++EnumVal; 14222 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14223 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14224 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14225 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14226 << EltTy; 14227 else 14228 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14229 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14230 } else { 14231 EltTy = T; 14232 } 14233 14234 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14235 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14236 // value, then increment. 14237 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14238 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14239 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14240 ++EnumVal; 14241 14242 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14243 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14244 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14245 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14246 // integral type. 14247 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14248 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14249 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14250 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14251 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14252 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14253 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14254 } 14255 } 14256 } 14257 14258 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14259 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14260 // enumerator's type. 14261 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14262 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14263 } 14264 14265 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14266 Val, EnumVal); 14267 } 14268 14269 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14270 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14271 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14272 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14273 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14274 14275 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14276 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14277 // skip the body. 14278 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14279 ForRedeclaration); 14280 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14281 if (!PrevECD) 14282 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14283 14284 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14285 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14286 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14287 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14288 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14289 return Skip; 14290 } 14291 14292 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14293 } 14294 14295 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14296 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14297 AttributeList *Attr, 14298 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14299 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14300 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14301 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14302 14303 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14304 // we find one that is. 14305 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14306 14307 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14308 // scope. 14309 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14310 ForRedeclaration); 14311 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14312 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14313 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14314 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14315 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14316 } 14317 14318 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14319 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14320 // different from T: 14321 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14322 // enumerated type 14323 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14324 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14325 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14326 14327 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14328 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14329 if (!New) 14330 return nullptr; 14331 14332 if (PrevDecl) { 14333 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14334 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14335 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14336 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14337 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14338 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14339 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14340 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14341 else 14342 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14343 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14344 return nullptr; 14345 } 14346 } 14347 14348 // Process attributes. 14349 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14350 14351 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14352 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14353 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14354 14355 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14356 14357 return New; 14358 } 14359 14360 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14361 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14362 // Element2 = Element1 14363 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14364 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14365 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14366 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14367 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14368 if (!InitExpr) 14369 return true; 14370 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14371 14372 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14373 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14374 return true; 14375 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14376 if (!IL) 14377 return true; 14378 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14379 return true; 14380 14381 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14382 } 14383 14384 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14385 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14386 if (!DRE) 14387 return true; 14388 14389 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14390 if (!EnumConstant) 14391 return true; 14392 14393 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14394 Enum) 14395 return true; 14396 14397 return false; 14398 } 14399 14400 namespace { 14401 struct DupKey { 14402 int64_t val; 14403 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14404 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14405 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14406 }; 14407 14408 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14409 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14410 false); 14411 } 14412 14413 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14414 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14415 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14416 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14417 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14418 } 14419 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14420 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14421 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14422 } 14423 }; 14424 } // end anonymous namespace 14425 14426 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14427 // a previous element has already been set to. 14428 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14429 EnumDecl *Enum, 14430 QualType EnumType) { 14431 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14432 return; 14433 // Avoid anonymous enums 14434 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14435 return; 14436 14437 // Only check for small enums. 14438 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14439 return; 14440 14441 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14442 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14443 14444 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14445 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14446 ValueToVectorMap; 14447 14448 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14449 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14450 14451 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14452 // an initialier. 14453 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14454 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14455 14456 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14457 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14458 if (!ECD) { 14459 return; 14460 } 14461 14462 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14463 continue; 14464 14465 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14466 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14467 14468 // First time encountering this value. 14469 if (Entry.isNull()) 14470 Entry = ECD; 14471 } 14472 14473 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14474 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14475 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14476 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14477 continue; 14478 14479 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14480 14481 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14482 if (Entry.isNull()) 14483 continue; 14484 14485 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14486 // Ensure constants are different. 14487 if (D == ECD) 14488 continue; 14489 14490 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14491 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14492 Vec->push_back(D); 14493 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14494 14495 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14496 Entry = Vec; 14497 14498 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14499 // diagnostics. 14500 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14501 continue; 14502 } 14503 14504 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14505 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14506 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14507 continue; 14508 14509 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14510 } 14511 14512 // Emit diagnostics. 14513 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14514 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14515 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14516 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14517 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14518 14519 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14520 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14521 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14522 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14523 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14524 ++I; 14525 14526 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14527 // the same value. 14528 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14529 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14530 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14531 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14532 delete Vec; 14533 } 14534 } 14535 14536 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14537 bool AllowMask) const { 14538 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14539 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14540 14541 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14542 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14543 14544 if (R.second) { 14545 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14546 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14547 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14548 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14549 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14550 } 14551 } 14552 14553 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14554 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14555 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14556 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14557 // 14558 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14559 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14560 // likely a logic error. 14561 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14562 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14563 } 14564 14565 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14566 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14567 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14568 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14569 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14570 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14571 14572 if (Attr) 14573 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14574 14575 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14576 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14577 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14578 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14579 if (!ECD) continue; 14580 14581 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14582 } 14583 14584 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14585 return; 14586 } 14587 14588 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14589 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14590 // emit a warning. 14591 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14592 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14593 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14594 14595 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14596 // reverse the list. 14597 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14598 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14599 14600 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14601 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14602 14603 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14604 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14605 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14606 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14607 14608 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14609 14610 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14611 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14612 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14613 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14614 else 14615 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14616 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14617 14618 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14619 if (AllElementsInt) 14620 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14621 } 14622 14623 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14624 QualType BestType; 14625 unsigned BestWidth; 14626 14627 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14628 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14629 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14630 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14631 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14632 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14633 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14634 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14635 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14636 QualType BestPromotionType; 14637 14638 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14639 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14640 // enum definitions. 14641 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14642 Packed = true; 14643 14644 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14645 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14646 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14647 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14648 else 14649 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14650 14651 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14652 } 14653 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14654 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14655 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14656 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14657 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14658 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14659 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14660 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14661 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14662 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14663 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14664 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14665 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14666 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14667 } else { 14668 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14669 14670 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14671 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14672 } else { 14673 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14674 14675 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14676 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14677 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14678 } 14679 } 14680 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14681 } else { 14682 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14683 // all of the enumerator values. 14684 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14685 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14686 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14687 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14688 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14689 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14690 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14691 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14692 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14693 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14694 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14695 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14696 BestPromotionType 14697 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14698 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14699 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14700 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14701 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14702 BestPromotionType 14703 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14704 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14705 } else { 14706 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14707 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14708 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14709 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14710 BestPromotionType 14711 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14712 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14713 } 14714 } 14715 14716 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14717 // the type of the enum if needed. 14718 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14719 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14720 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14721 14722 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14723 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14724 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14725 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14726 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14727 14728 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14729 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14730 14731 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14732 // the enum decl type. 14733 QualType NewTy; 14734 unsigned NewWidth; 14735 bool NewSign; 14736 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14737 !Enum->isFixed() && 14738 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14739 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14740 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14741 NewSign = true; 14742 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14743 // Already the right type! 14744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14745 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14746 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14747 // enumeration. 14748 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14749 continue; 14750 } else { 14751 NewTy = BestType; 14752 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14753 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14754 } 14755 14756 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14757 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14758 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14759 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14760 14761 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14762 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14763 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14764 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14765 CK_IntegralCast, 14766 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14767 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14768 VK_RValue)); 14769 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14770 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14771 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14772 // enumeration. 14773 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14774 else 14775 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14776 } 14777 14778 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14779 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14780 14781 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14782 14783 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14784 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14785 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14786 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14787 14788 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14789 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14790 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14791 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14792 << ECD << Enum; 14793 } 14794 } 14795 14796 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14797 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14798 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14799 } 14800 14801 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14802 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14803 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14804 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14805 14806 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14807 AsmString, StartLoc, 14808 EndLoc); 14809 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14810 return New; 14811 } 14812 14813 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14814 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14815 bool FromInclude = false) { 14816 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14817 14818 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14819 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14820 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14821 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14822 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14823 break; 14824 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14825 break; 14826 } 14827 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14828 } 14829 14830 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14831 DC = DC->getParent(); 14832 14833 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14834 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14835 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14836 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14837 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14838 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14839 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14840 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14841 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14842 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14843 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14844 } 14845 } 14846 14847 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14848 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14849 } 14850 14851 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14852 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14853 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14854 Module *Mod = 14855 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14856 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14857 if (!Mod) 14858 return true; 14859 14860 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14861 14862 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14863 14864 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14865 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14866 // silently ignoring the import. 14867 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14868 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 14869 ? diag::err_module_self_import 14870 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14871 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14872 14873 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14874 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14875 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14876 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14877 // We need the length to be consistent. 14878 if (!ModCheck) 14879 break; 14880 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14881 14882 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14883 } 14884 14885 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14886 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14887 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14888 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14889 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14890 return Import; 14891 } 14892 14893 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14894 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14895 14896 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14897 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14898 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14899 // 14900 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14901 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14902 TUKind == TU_Module && 14903 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14904 14905 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 14906 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 14907 bool ShouldAddImport = 14908 !IsInModuleIncludes && 14909 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 14910 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 14911 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 14912 14913 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14914 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14915 if (ShouldAddImport) { 14916 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14917 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14918 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14919 DirectiveLoc); 14920 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14921 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14922 } 14923 14924 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14925 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14926 } 14927 14928 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14929 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14930 14931 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14932 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14933 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14934 } 14935 14936 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14937 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14938 14939 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14940 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14941 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14942 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14943 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 14944 // is now out of date. 14945 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 14946 } 14947 } 14948 14949 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14950 Module *Mod) { 14951 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14952 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14953 return; 14954 14955 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14956 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14957 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14958 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14959 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14960 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14961 14962 // Make the module visible. 14963 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14964 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14965 } 14966 14967 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14968 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14969 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14970 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14971 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14972 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14973 LookupOrdinaryName); 14974 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14975 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14976 14977 // If a declaration that: 14978 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14979 // 2) has external linkage 14980 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14981 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14982 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14983 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14984 else 14985 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14986 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14987 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14988 } else 14989 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14990 } 14991 14992 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14993 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14994 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14995 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14996 14997 if (PrevDecl) { 14998 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14999 } else { 15000 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15001 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15002 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15003 } 15004 } 15005 15006 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15007 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15008 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15009 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15010 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15011 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15012 LookupOrdinaryName); 15013 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15014 15015 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15016 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15017 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15018 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15019 } else { 15020 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15021 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15022 } 15023 } 15024 15025 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15026 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15027 } 15028 15029 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15030 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15031 if (!D) 15032 return AR_Available; 15033 15034 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15035 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15036 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15037 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15038 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15039 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15040 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15041 if (R != AR_Available) 15042 return R; 15043 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15044 } 15045 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15046 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15047 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15048 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15049 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15050 } 15051 // Recover from user error. 15052 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15053 } 15054